WO2016031911A1 - Control information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmitting system and control program - Google Patents

Control information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmitting system and control program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016031911A1
WO2016031911A1 PCT/JP2015/074221 JP2015074221W WO2016031911A1 WO 2016031911 A1 WO2016031911 A1 WO 2016031911A1 JP 2015074221 W JP2015074221 W JP 2015074221W WO 2016031911 A1 WO2016031911 A1 WO 2016031911A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
color gamut
information
content
video
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/074221
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
鈴木 秀樹
高橋 幸雄
明子 佐藤
智夫 西垣
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Priority to JP2016545609A priority Critical patent/JPWO2016031911A1/en
Publication of WO2016031911A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016031911A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T1/00General purpose image data processing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N9/00Details of colour television systems
    • H04N9/64Circuits for processing colour signals

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to video color gamut conversion, and more particularly to a control information generation device that generates information used for video color gamut conversion.
  • BT.2020 ITU-R BT.2020
  • BT.709 ITU-R BT.709
  • Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2006-148607 A Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-218963 (published on Sep. 24, 2009)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-038686 (published on Feb. 19, 2009)”
  • the conventional technology has a problem that the color gamut conversion process cannot be adaptively changed in accordance with the changing contents. For example, even after the playback target is switched, the same color gamut conversion processing as that before switching is applied, and as a result, there is a problem that the color of the playback target changes unnaturally.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a control information generation device and the like that can adaptively convert the color gamut of the video in accordance with the content to be reproduced. It is in.
  • a control information generation device is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted by MMT.
  • This is a configuration including a color gamut information acquisition unit that acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut of a video, and a control information generation unit that generates an MMT package table including the color gamut information.
  • a receiving device is a receiving device that receives content transmitted by MMT, and includes color gamut information related to a color gamut of a video of the content.
  • a control information acquisition unit that acquires an MMT package table including the color information and a color gamut conversion unit that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • a video signal transmission system is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device that transmits content using MMT and a reception device that receives the content.
  • the transmitting device transmits an MMT package table including color gamut information indicating a color gamut of the video of the content to the receiving device together with the content as a digital broadcast signal, and the receiving device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal.
  • the MMT package table is acquired, and the color gamut of the video of the content is converted according to the color gamut information.
  • FIG. 7 It is a block diagram which shows an example of the principal part structure of the transmitter and receiver which are contained in the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention.
  • (A) is a figure which shows an example of EIT containing color gamut information transmitted / received by the said video signal transmission system
  • (b) is other than the descriptor containing the color gamut information in EIT shown to (a).
  • It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires the color gamut information performed with the said receiver.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1 and a receiver (reception device) 2 included in the video signal transmission system 5.
  • the video signal transmission system 5 is a system that transmits a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1 to the receiver 2.
  • the video signal transmission system 5 is mainly characterized in that the color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is transmitted together with the video signal, thereby performing optimum color gamut conversion according to the video. It is possible.
  • signals are transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format will be described.
  • Transmitter 1 transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1 transmits each packet (MMTP packet: MMT Protocol packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path).
  • MMTP packet MMT Protocol packet
  • One receiver 2 has a function for receiving this content (content distributed via a broadcast route), and also has a function for receiving content distributed via a communication route via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2 can reproduce
  • routes In the figure, only one receiver 2 is shown, but the transmitter 1 broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2.
  • the transmitter 1 includes an audio encoder 10, a video encoder 11, a multiplexing unit 12, an encryption unit 13, a transmission unit 14, and a control unit 15, as illustrated.
  • the control unit 15 includes an encoding control unit 16, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17, and a control information generation unit 18.
  • the audio encoder 10 encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12.
  • the video encoder 11 encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12.
  • the multiplexing unit 12 multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10, the video stream output from the video encoder 11, and the control information output from the control unit 15, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13.
  • the encryption unit 13 encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12 and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14. Then, the transmission unit 14 transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13 as a packet to the receiver 2 through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
  • the control unit 15 controls each unit included in the transmitter 1. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16 included in the control unit 15 controls the audio encoder 10 and the video encoder 11 to perform encoding.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17 acquires color gamut information that is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18.
  • the method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited.
  • the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it.
  • the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
  • the control information generation unit 18 generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1.
  • This control information is called MMT-SI in MMT, and includes various information related to content.
  • MPT MMT Package Package
  • MMT-SI MMT Package Package
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17 executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). Then, the control information generation unit 18 executes a process (control information generation step) for generating control information (MPT) including the color gamut information. Therefore, in the receiver 2 that has received the MPT, it is possible to display the content received together with the MPT with appropriate conversion according to the color gamut information (or without conversion).
  • MPT control information
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17 acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the control information generation unit 18 generates an MPT including this color gamut information.
  • the control information generation unit 18 generates an MPT including this color gamut information.
  • the receiver 2 includes a tuner 20, a communication I / F 21, a decoding unit 22, a demultiplexing unit 23, an audio decoder 24, a video decoder 25, a color gamut conversion unit 26, a display control unit 27, a display 28, And a control unit 29.
  • the control unit 29 includes a decoding control unit 30, a demultiplexing control unit 31, and a control information acquisition unit 32.
  • the tuner 20 receives content and the like transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22.
  • the communication I / F 21 receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22.
  • the decryption unit 22 decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23.
  • the demultiplexer 23 demultiplexes the data output from the decryptor 22 (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexer 23 outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24, outputs the video component to the video decoder 25, and outputs the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32.
  • the audio decoder 24 decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexer 23 and outputs audio data.
  • the video decoder 25 decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23 and outputs video data.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25 is converted by the determined method. With this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25 falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28. For example, if it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28, appropriate conversion is performed according to the ratio of the color outside the display 28. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26 may be provided in the control unit 29.
  • the display control unit 27 performs control to display the video data on the display 28.
  • the display 28 displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27. That is, the receiver 2 is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) content to be broadcast.
  • the display 28 may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2.
  • the control unit 29 controls each unit included in the receiver 2 according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30 controls the decryption unit 22 to decrypt the content. Further, the demultiplexing control unit 31 controls the demultiplexing unit 23 to perform demultiplexing of content. Then, the control information acquisition unit 32 acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23 demultiplexing. When the control information includes color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32 converts the information into the color gamut conversion unit. 26.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of MPT including color gamut information.
  • the illustrated MPT includes a descriptor D1 (version) indicating the version of the MPT, a descriptor D2 (MMT_package_id_byte) indicating the package ID of the MMT, and a descriptor D3 (MPT_descriptors_byte) including color gamut information. )It is included.
  • descriptor D3 a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor related to gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of the gamut information Data () is described.
  • descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about color gamut information is included in the descriptor D3.
  • ARIBARISTD-B60 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors. A value of “0x80F0” that is not used may be used.
  • the control information generation unit 18 updates the gamut information in the MPT and also updates the MPT version information (value of the descriptor D1). To do.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32 checks the color gamut information every time the version of the MPT is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
  • outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge in the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received (reproduced) content are stored as data ().
  • the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example.
  • the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side.
  • the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut.
  • the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above
  • BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above.
  • An example using the .709 color gamut is given.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
  • the area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane)
  • the area ratio may be indicated in a form.
  • the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC).
  • the percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
  • the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
  • n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2 including the display 28 compliant with BT.709.
  • the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible.
  • n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) ⁇ 100. Good.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates.
  • the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020.
  • outer edge coordinates [(x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3)] are used.
  • the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28 is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and among the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content, the area R4 is the color gamut R2. It protrudes outside. That is, the color gamut R1 is a wide color gamut that exceeds the capabilities of the display 28.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 may acquire information (for example, a mathematical expression) indicating the outer edge of the color gamut R2 in advance. it can. Then, the color gamut conversion unit 26 can specify that the region R4 is generated from the outer edge coordinates and the information indicating the outer edge of the color gamut R2.
  • the color gamut R1 is clipped and converted into a color gamut R1 'that fits in the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 converts the vertex (x1, y1) outside the color gamut R2 within the color gamut R2 (for example, the line segment connecting the vertices (x1, y1) and (x2, y2), or the vertex (x1, y1)). And (x3, y3) and a point where the line defining the outer edge of the color gamut R2 intersects), this conversion can be performed.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information.
  • the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020.
  • the ratio (N / M) of the color gamut area N of the received content to the BT.2020 color gamut area M is used.
  • the area M can be said to be a numerical value indicating the maximum color gamut.
  • the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28 is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content protrudes outside the color gamut R2. .
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether or not the value of N / M exceeds a preset threshold value (set to a larger value as the display performance of the display 28 is higher), for example. Necessity can be determined.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 may switch the conversion process to be applied according to the extent of the color gamut R1, that is, the magnitude of the N / M value.
  • a threshold value (threshold value B) larger than the above threshold value (referred to as threshold value A) is set in advance, and if B ⁇ N / M, compression is performed, and if A ⁇ N / M ⁇ B, Clipping may be performed.
  • the color gamut R1 is compressed and converted into a color gamut R1 'that fits in the color gamut R2 that the display 28 can display.
  • the degree of compression may be determined according to N / M (the larger the value of N / M, the stronger the compression is applied).
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 may perform conversion into a color gamut R1 'that just fits in the color gamut R2 by using the outer edge coordinates of the color gamut R1. In this case, the area ratio and the outer edge coordinates are used in combination.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 may perform both compression and clipping. For example, if there is a region that still protrudes outside the color gamut R2 in the color gamut R1 ′ after compression, the region may be clipped so as to be within the color gamut R2. .
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using information indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding region.
  • the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020.
  • BT.709, n (%) which is the information shown, is used.
  • the color gamut R2 ′ of BT.709 which is the color gamut format of high-definition broadcasting, is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and in the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content.
  • a color gamut R4 that protrudes outside the color gamut R2 ′ is generated. Therefore, when the content is displayed on a display that is assumed to be a general high-definition broadcast display output, there is a high possibility that color gamut conversion is required.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26, as shown in FIG. R1 is converted so as to be within the color gamut R2 ′ to be a color gamut R1 ′.
  • compression is performed.
  • clipping can be performed if the position of the color gamut R4 can be specified by using outer edge coordinates. Further, both compression and clipping may be performed.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 expands the color gamut R1 within a range that can be accommodated within the color gamut R2 ′ as shown in FIG. Good. Thereby, the color gamut of the content can be expanded and the performance of the display 28 can be utilized to the maximum extent.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the corresponding format information and the non-compatible format information.
  • each color gamut format such as BT.2020, BT.709, and AdobeRGB defines a unique color gamut.
  • a color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display is also determined in advance. However, from the transmitter 1 side, it is substantially difficult to specify the color gamut of the display for each of a large number of receivers that receive broadcasts.
  • the display is designed to have a performance according to a compliant color gamut format. For example, if the display is intended for display of high-definition broadcast content, it is likely that at least the BT.709 color gamut is designed to be displayed, but part of the BT.2020 color gamut is displayed. It may not be possible.
  • the corresponding format information and the non-compatible format information it is possible to determine whether or not the gamut conversion is necessary on the receiver 2 side, and to determine the method when performing the gamut conversion.
  • the color gamut R1 of the received content video is completely included in the color gamut R3 of BT.2020 and the color gamut R6 of AdobeRGB, and does not protrude. Therefore, information indicating at least one of BT.2020 and AdobeRGB may be used as the corresponding format information of the content.
  • the gamut conversion unit 26 of the receiver 2 that has received this information can determine whether or not conversion is necessary by determining whether or not the display 28 conforms to the gamut format indicated by the information. it can. For example, if the display 28 conforms to the color gamut format indicated by the corresponding format information or a color gamut format having a wider color gamut, it can be determined that conversion is unnecessary. On the other hand, if the display 28 does not conform to the color gamut format indicated by the corresponding format information or conforms to a color gamut format having a narrower color gamut, it can be determined that conversion is necessary. .
  • the gamut conversion unit 26 of the receiver 2 that has received the incompatible format information has a display 28 that conforms to the gamut format indicated by the incompatible format information or a gamut format with a narrower gamut. Then, it can be determined that conversion is necessary.
  • the color gamut format indicated by the compatible format information or the non-compatible format information is not limited to the above example.
  • BT.601 National Television System Committee
  • sRGB standard RGB
  • xvYCC xvYCC
  • the color gamut may be indicated by a uniquely set standard. For example, if it is determined that the color gamut R1 in FIG. 6 corresponds to LCD Level 5 according to a uniquely set standard, corresponding format information indicating LCD Level 5 may be transmitted to the receiver 2. Then, the receiver 2 may determine whether or not conversion is necessary based on whether or not the display 28 can display the color gamut of LCD Level 5.
  • the color gamut R1 in the example of FIG. 6 is represented by area ratio information, it can be represented in the format of BT.2020 65% or AdobeRGB 75%, for example. As described above, even if the color gamut R1 of the video is the same, various types of information can be applied as the color gamut information corresponding thereto.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for acquiring color gamut information executed by the receiver 2.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32 extracts MPT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted MPT (S1).
  • the control information acquisition unit 32 determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S2). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value previously assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32 uses the descriptor of the color gamut information. It is determined that
  • the control information acquisition unit 32 determines whether or not the next descriptor is included in the MPT (S3). If the control information acquisition unit 32 determines that it is included (YES in S3), it returns to the process of S1, extracts the next descriptor, and determines that it is not included (NO in S3). The process is terminated.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32 analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26 (S4), and the process ends.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26 that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S4 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28 (S10). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28 (S11).
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 does not perform the color gamut conversion (S15) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28 without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S ⁇ b> 11, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that falls within the color gamut of the display 28.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S12). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the video gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28 on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S12), the video gamut conversion unit 26 performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28. (S13). On the other hand, if it is determined that the difference in color gamut is less than 10% (NO in S12), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28 (S14). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
  • the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is whether or not the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28. It is not limited to examples.
  • the transmitter 1 of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmission device that transmits a digital broadcast signal.
  • a function similar to that of the transmitter 1 can be realized by a combination of a control information generating device and a transmitting device that are independent from each other.
  • Control blocks of transmitter 1 and receiver 2 may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • a logic circuit hardware formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • the transmitter 1 and the receiver 2 are a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it.
  • a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used.
  • the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program.
  • a transmission medium such as a communication network or a broadcast wave
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • a control information generation device (transmitter 1) is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted by MMT, and the color gamut of the video of the content
  • a color gamut information acquisition unit (17) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut
  • a control information generation unit (18) that generates an MMT package table including the color gamut information.
  • an MMT package table including color gamut information is generated.
  • the MPT is transmitted to the receiving device together with the content, and the receiving device reproduces the content while referring to the MPT. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the MPT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information.
  • MPT is periodically transmitted at short time intervals of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change in content in substantially real time.
  • the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
  • the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the MPT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes, as a comparison target between the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut.
  • Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
  • the receiving apparatus that has acquired the MPT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT is compared with the color gamut to be compared.
  • the display on which the content is displayed it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side.
  • the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format color gamut defined by the existing video standard
  • the color gamut information includes a color gamut determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut.
  • Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT can specify how much the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including a color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT determines that the display of the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
  • the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Non-compliant standard information non-compliant format information
  • the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT has the content displayed when the display on which the content is displayed is compliant with the video standard or the video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard. It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
  • a transmission apparatus (transmitter 1) according to aspect 7 of the present invention provides the control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 1 to 6 and the MMT package table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. And a transmission unit 14 for transmission.
  • the MMT package table generated by the control information generation device is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has received the digital broadcast signal can reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information included in the MMT package table. .
  • a receiving apparatus is a receiving apparatus that receives content transmitted by MMT, and obtains an MMT package table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content.
  • a control information acquisition unit (32) that performs the conversion, and a color gamut conversion unit (color gamut conversion unit 26) that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • the MMT package table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • MPT is periodically transmitted at short time intervals of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change in content in substantially real time.
  • a television receiver according to aspect 9 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 8 above. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving device of aspect 8 are obtained.
  • a video signal transmission system 5 is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1) that transmits content using MMT and a reception device (receiver 2) that receives the content.
  • the transmitting device transmits an MMT package table including color gamut information indicating a color gamut of the video of the content to the receiving device together with the content as a digital broadcast signal, and the receiving device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal.
  • An MMT package table is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, there exists an effect similar to the control information generator of aspect 1, and the receiver of aspect 8.
  • the control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer.
  • each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
  • Embodiments 4 to 6 will be described below.
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1a and a receiver (reception device) 2a included in the video signal transmission system 5a.
  • the video signal transmission system 5a is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1a to the receiver 2a.
  • the video signal transmission system 5a is mainly characterized in that color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is transmitted together with the video signal, thereby performing optimal color gamut conversion according to the video. It is possible.
  • signals are transmitted in the MPEG-2 (Moving / Picture Experts / Group / phase 2) TS (Transport Stream) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the TS format will be described.
  • the transmitter 1a transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1a transmits each packet (TS packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path).
  • TS packet packet constituting the content
  • One receiver 2a has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast route), and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication route via a communication network such as the Internet, for example. . And the receiver 2a can reproduce
  • routes In the figure, only one receiver 2 is shown, but the transmitter 1a broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2a.
  • the transmitter 1a includes an audio encoder 10a, a video encoder 11a, a multiplexing unit 12a, an encryption unit 13a, a transmission unit 14a, and a control unit 15a.
  • the control unit 15a includes an encoding control unit 16a, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17a, and a control information generation unit 18a.
  • the audio encoder 10a encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a and outputs the encoded audio (sound) stream to the multiplexing unit 12a.
  • the video encoder 11a encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12a.
  • the multiplexing unit 12a multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10a, the video stream output from the video encoder 11a, and the control information output from the control unit 15a, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13a.
  • the encryption unit 13a encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12a and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14a. Then, the transmission unit 14a transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13a as a packet to the receiver 2a through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
  • the control unit 15a controls each unit included in the transmitter 1a. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16a included in the control unit 15a controls the audio encoder 10a and the video encoder 11a to perform encoding.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17a acquires color gamut information, which is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18a.
  • the method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited.
  • the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it.
  • the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
  • the control information generator 18a generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a.
  • This control information is called PSI / SI (Program Specific Information / Service Information) in the TS, and includes various information related to the content.
  • PSI / SI Program Specific Information / Service Information
  • PMT Program Map table
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17a executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). And the control information generation part 18 performs the process (control information generation step) which produces
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17a acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the control information generation unit 18a generates a PMT including this color gamut information.
  • the control information generation unit 18a generates a PMT including this color gamut information.
  • the receiver 2a includes a tuner 20a, a communication I / F 21a, a decoding unit 22a, a demultiplexing unit 23a, an audio decoder 24a, a video decoder 25a, a color gamut conversion unit 26a, a display control unit 27a, a display 28a, And a control unit 29a.
  • the control unit 29a includes a decoding control unit 30a, a demultiplexing control unit 31a, and a control information acquisition unit 32a.
  • the tuner 20a receives the content transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22a.
  • the communication I / F 21a receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decryption unit 22a.
  • the decryption unit 22a decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23a.
  • the demultiplexing unit 23a demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22a (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexing unit 23a outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24a, the video component to the video decoder 25a, and the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32a.
  • the audio decoder 24a decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexing unit 23a and outputs audio data.
  • the video decoder 25a decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23a and outputs video data.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25a is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25a falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28a. For example, if it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28a, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28a, appropriate conversion is performed in accordance with the ratio existing outside. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26a may be provided in the control unit 29a.
  • the display control unit 27a performs control to display the video data on the display 28a.
  • the display 28a displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27a. That is, the receiver 2a is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) broadcast content.
  • the display 28a may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2a.
  • the control unit 29a controls each unit included in the receiver 2a according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30a controls the decryption unit 22a to decrypt the content. In addition, the demultiplexing control unit 31a controls the demultiplexing unit 23a to perform demultiplexing of content. Then, the control information acquisition unit 32a acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23a demultiplexing, and if the control information includes color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32a converts the information into the color gamut conversion unit. To 26a.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a PMT including color gamut information.
  • the illustrated PMT includes a descriptor D11 (version_number) indicating the version of the PMT, a descriptor D12 (program_number) indicating the program ID of the PMT, and a descriptor D13 (descriptor including color gamut information). ())It is included.
  • descriptor D13 a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor relating to color gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of color gamut information Data () is described.
  • descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about the color gamut information is included in the descriptor D13.
  • ARIBDSTD-B10 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors.
  • An unused value of “0xF0” may be used.
  • the control information generation unit 18a updates the color gamut information in the PMT and also updates the version information of the PMT (the value of the descriptor D11). To do.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32a checks the color gamut information every time the PMT version is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26a. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
  • outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge in the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received content (to be reproduced) are stored as data ().
  • the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example.
  • the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be any as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2a side.
  • the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut.
  • the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above
  • BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above.
  • An example using the .709 color gamut is given.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
  • the area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane)
  • the area ratio may be indicated in a form.
  • the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC).
  • the percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
  • the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
  • n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2a including the display 28 compliant with BT.709.
  • the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible.
  • n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) ⁇ 100. Good.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a performs the same processing as that described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for obtaining color gamut information executed by the receiver 2a.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32a extracts a PMT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23a, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted PMT (S21).
  • the control information acquisition unit 32a determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S22). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value previously assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32a uses the descriptor of the color gamut information. It is determined that
  • the control information acquisition unit 32a determines whether the PMT includes the following descriptor (S23). If the control information acquisition unit 32a determines that it is included (YES in S23), the process returns to S21 to extract the next descriptor, and if it is determined that it is not included (NO in S23). The process is terminated.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32a analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26a (S24), and the process ends.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2a. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26a that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S24 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28a (S30). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28a (S31).
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28a (NO in S31), the color gamut conversion unit 26a does not perform the color gamut conversion (S35) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28a without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S31, the color gamut conversion unit 26a may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28a.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S32). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28a on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26a determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S32), the video gamut conversion unit 26a performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28a. (S33). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S32), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28a (S34). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
  • the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28a. It is not limited to examples.
  • the transmitter 1a of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmission device that transmits a digital broadcast signal.
  • a function similar to that of the transmitter 1 can be realized by a combination of a control information generating device and a transmitting device that are independent from each other.
  • Control blocks of transmitter 1a and receiver 2a may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • a logic circuit hardware formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • the transmitter 1a and the receiver 2a include a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it.
  • a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used.
  • the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program.
  • a transmission medium such as a communication network or a broadcast wave
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • a control information generation device (transmitter 1a) is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted in a transport stream, and is a video information of the content.
  • a color gamut information acquisition unit (17a) that acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut and a control information generation unit (18a) that generates a program map table including the color gamut information are provided.
  • a program map table (PMT) including color gamut information is generated.
  • the PMT is transmitted together with the content to the receiving device, and the receiving device reproduces the content while referring to the PMT. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the PMT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information.
  • the PMT is periodically transmitted at a short time interval of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change of the content substantially in real time.
  • the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
  • the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes a comparison between the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut.
  • Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
  • the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT is compared with the color gamut to be compared.
  • the display on which the content is displayed it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized by the receiving device, and is, for example, a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (a color gamut defined by an existing video standard). There may be a color gamut set independently of the color gamut of the existing color gamut format.
  • the color gamut of the content includes a color that is determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut.
  • Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how much the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the PMT determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
  • the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Non-compliant standard information non-compliant format information
  • the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the PMT has the content displayed when the display for displaying the content is compliant with the video standard or when the display is compliant with a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard. It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
  • a transmission apparatus (transmitter 1a) according to aspect 17 of the present invention uses the control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 11 to 16 and the program map table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content.
  • a transmission unit 14a for transmission uses the control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 11 to 16 and the program map table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content.
  • the program map table generated by the control information generating device is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received the digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information included in the program map table. .
  • a receiving apparatus is a receiving apparatus that receives content transmitted in a transport stream, and includes a program map table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content
  • a control information acquisition unit (32a) that acquires the image
  • a color gamut conversion unit (26a) that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • the program map table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • the PMT is periodically transmitted at a short time interval of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change of the content substantially in real time.
  • a television receiver according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention includes the receiving device according to the eighteenth aspect. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving device according to aspect 18 are obtained.
  • the video signal transmission system 5a includes a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1a) that transmits content in a transport stream and a reception device (receiver 2a) that receives the content.
  • the transmission device transmits a program map table including color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video of the content as a digital broadcast signal to the reception device together with the content, and the reception device transmits the digital broadcast signal.
  • the program map table is acquired from the above, and the color gamut of the video of the content is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, there exists an effect similar to the control information generator of aspect 11, and the receiver of aspect 18.
  • the control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer.
  • each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
  • Embodiments 7 to 9 will be described below.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1b and a receiver (reception device) 2b included in the video signal transmission system 5b.
  • the video signal transmission system 5b is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1b to the receiver 2b.
  • the video signal transmission system 5b is mainly characterized in that color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is added to the video signal and transmitted, so that optimal color gamut conversion corresponding to the video can be performed. Making it possible to do.
  • signals are transmitted in a TS (Transport Stream) format of MPEG-2 (Moving Picture Experts Group Phase 2) system.
  • TS Transport Stream
  • MPEG-2 Moving Picture Experts Group Phase 2
  • next-generation 4K / 8K broadcasting it is considered that a signal is transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Even when a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format, the video signal transmission system 5b is used. It is possible to apply.
  • MMT MPEG Media Transport
  • the transmitter 1b transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1b transmits each packet (TS packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path).
  • TS packet packet constituting the content
  • One receiver 2b has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast path) and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication path via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2b can reproduce
  • the transmitter 1b includes an audio encoder 10b, a video encoder 11b, a multiplexing unit 12b, an encryption unit 13b, a transmission unit 14b, and a control unit 15b.
  • the control unit 15b includes an encoding control unit 16b, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17b, and a control information generation unit 18b.
  • the audio encoder 10b encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12.
  • the video encoder 11b encodes (encodes) the video (video) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12b.
  • the multiplexing unit 12b multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10b, the video stream output from the video encoder 11b, and the control information output from the control unit 15b, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13b.
  • the encryption unit 13b encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12b and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14b. Then, the transmission unit 14b transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13b as a packet to the receiver 2b through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
  • the control unit 15b performs control of each unit included in the transmitter 1b. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16b included in the control unit 15b controls the audio encoder 10b and the video encoder 11b to perform encoding.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17b acquires color gamut information that is information regarding the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18b.
  • the “content transmitted by the transmitter 1b” includes content that is scheduled to be transmitted by the transmitter 1b, that is, content that is scheduled to be broadcast.
  • the method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited.
  • the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it.
  • the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
  • the control information generation unit 18b generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b.
  • This control information is called PSI / SI (Program Specific Information / Service Information) in the TS, and includes various information related to the content.
  • PSI / SI Program Specific Information / Service Information
  • information regarding the content of the PSI / SI is described.
  • the description will focus on the generation of the generated EIT (Event Information Table).
  • EIT Event Information Table
  • MH-EIT MPEG-H Event Information Table
  • the term “EIT” includes both “EIT of current broadcasting” and “MH-EIT”.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17b performs the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). Then, the control information generation unit 18b executes a process (control information generation step) for generating control information (EIT) including the color gamut information. Therefore, in the receiver 2b that has received this EIT, it is possible to display the content after performing appropriate conversion according to the color gamut information (or without performing conversion).
  • EIT control information
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 17b acquires the color gamut information of each content for each content transmitted by the transmitter 1b, and the control information generation unit 18b generates an EIT including this color gamut information.
  • the control information generation unit 18b generates an EIT including this color gamut information.
  • the transmitter 1b is configured to transmit EIT including color gamut information
  • the color gamut information can be transmitted without changing the conventional configuration.
  • the receiver 2b includes a tuner 20b, a communication I / F 21b, a decoding unit 22b, a demultiplexing unit 23b, an audio decoder 24b, a video decoder 25b, a color gamut conversion unit 26b, a display control unit 27b, a display (display). Section) 28b, a control section 29b, and an OSD generation section (program table generation section) 33b.
  • the control unit 29b includes a decoding control unit 30b, a demultiplexing control unit 31b, and a control information acquisition unit 32b.
  • the tuner 20b receives content and the like transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22b.
  • the communication I / F 21b receives content and the like transmitted through the communication path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22b.
  • the decryption unit 22b decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23b.
  • the demultiplexing unit 23b demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22b (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexer 23b outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24b, outputs the video component to the video decoder 25b, and outputs the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32b.
  • the audio decoder 24b decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexer 23b and outputs audio data.
  • the video decoder 25b decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23b and outputs video data.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. In the present embodiment, since color gamut information is included in the EIT, it is possible to determine whether or not color gamut conversion of the video of the content is necessary prior to the content broadcast. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25b is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25b falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28b.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b may be provided in the control unit 29b.
  • the display control unit 27b performs control to display the video data on the display 28b.
  • the display 28b displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27b. That is, the receiver 2b is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) content to be broadcast.
  • the display 28b may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2b.
  • the control unit 29b controls each unit included in the receiver 2b according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30b controls the decryption unit 22b to decrypt the content. Further, the demultiplexing control unit 31b controls the demultiplexing unit 23b to perform demultiplexing of content.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32b acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23b being demultiplexed, outputs the control information to the OSD generation unit 33b, and includes color gamut information in the control information. Outputs this information to the color gamut conversion unit 26b.
  • the OSD generation unit 33b refers to the control information (EIT) output from the control information acquisition unit 32b, and generates an OSD image indicating an electronic program guide (EPG: Electronic Program Guide).
  • EIT control information
  • EPG Electronic Program Guide
  • the electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b can further include color gamut information of each content.
  • the color gamut information is described in the EIT as text as will be described later, the color gamut information of each content can be presented in an easy-to-understand manner for the user.
  • the OSD image generated by the OSD generation unit 33b is superimposed on the video data output from the color gamut conversion unit 26b and supplied to the display control unit 27b.
  • the OSD generation unit 33b may be provided in the control unit 29b.
  • the OSD generation unit 33b may acquire the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23b performing demultiplexing.
  • the OSD generation unit 33b analyzes the control information to generate an OSD image indicating an electronic program guide.
  • the control information includes color gamut information
  • the OSD generation unit 33b converts the information into color gamut conversion. It is good also as a structure so that it may output to the part 26b.
  • the control information acquisition unit can be realized with a minimum change without adding a new configuration to the conventional configuration.
  • FIG. 14A is a diagram illustrating an example of an EIT including color gamut information.
  • the illustrated EIT includes a descriptor D21 (version_number) indicating the version of the EIT and a descriptor D22 (service_id) indicating the service ID of the EIT, and a descriptor D23 (descriptor) including color gamut information. ())It is included.
  • descriptor D23 a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor relating to color gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of color gamut information Data () is described.
  • descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about color gamut information is included in the descriptor D23.
  • ARIB STD-B10 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors.
  • An unused value of “0xF0” may be used.
  • the control information generation unit 18b updates the color gamut information in the EIT when the source changes, and also updates the EIT version information (value of the descriptor D21). To do.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32b checks the color gamut information every time the EIT version is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26b. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
  • the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge on the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received (reproduced) content are stored as data ().
  • the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example.
  • the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side.
  • the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut.
  • the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above
  • BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above.
  • An example using the .709 color gamut is given.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
  • the area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane)
  • the area ratio may be indicated in a form.
  • the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC).
  • the percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
  • the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
  • n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2b including the display 28b compliant with BT.709.
  • the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible.
  • n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) ⁇ 100. Good.
  • FIG. 14B is a diagram showing another example of the descriptor D23 including the color gamut information in the EIT shown in FIG.
  • “0x4E” indicating an extended event descriptor is described as the value of descriptor_tag in the descriptor D23.
  • the text indicating the color gamut information (information shown in the above (1) to (5)) may be described in the text_char in the descriptor D23.
  • the text “BT.2020 80%” indicating the area ratio information shown in (2) is described, and the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the text. Get color gamut information.
  • a predetermined hash tag such as “#”
  • the text area of the extended event descriptor has been described.
  • the text area of the short event descriptor descriptor_tag “0x4E” can be used in the same manner.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b performs the same processing as that described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for obtaining color gamut information executed by the receiver 2b.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32b extracts EIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23b, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted EIT (S41).
  • the control information acquisition unit 32b determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S42). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value pre-assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32b determines that the descriptor is the color gamut information descriptor. It is determined that
  • control information acquisition unit 32b determines whether or not the following descriptor is included in the EIT (S43). If the control information acquisition unit 32b determines that it is included (YES in S43), it returns to the process of S41, extracts the next descriptor, and determines that it is not included (NO in S43). The process is terminated.
  • the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26b (S44), and the process ends.
  • step S42 the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the extracted descriptor and The descriptor may be configured to determine whether text indicating color gamut information is included.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2b. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26b that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S44 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28b (S50). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28b (S51).
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28b (NO in S51), the color gamut conversion unit 26b does not perform the color gamut conversion (S55) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28b without being subjected to color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S51, the color gamut conversion unit 26b may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28b.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S52). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28b on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26b determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S52), the video gamut conversion unit 26b performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28b. (S53). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S52), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28b (S54). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
  • the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is based on whether or not the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28b. It is not limited to examples.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of an electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b of the receiver 2b with reference to an EIT including color gamut information.
  • cells indicating each content are arranged on a two-dimensional plane spanned by an axis indicating the content channel and an axis indicating the time.
  • information related to the content corresponding to the cell is displayed in close-up. Examples of the information related to the content include a program name, a broadcast time, a performer, and text indicating the content.
  • the color gamut information of each content can be presented in the electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b.
  • the information related to each content is the text “BT.2020 ⁇ 80% Is further presented.
  • the transmitter 1b of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generating device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmitting device that transmits a digital broadcast signal.
  • the function similar to the said transmitter 1b is realizable also with the combination of the control information generation apparatus and transmission apparatus which were mutually independent.
  • Control blocks of transmitter 1b and receiver 2b may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • a logic circuit hardware formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • the transmitter 1b and the receiver 2b include a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it.
  • a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used.
  • the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program.
  • a transmission medium such as a communication network or a broadcast wave
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • a control information generation device (transmitter 1b) is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted in digital broadcasting, and the color gamut of the video of the content
  • a color gamut information acquisition unit (17b) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut, and a control information generation unit (18b) that generates an event information table including the color gamut information.
  • an event information table including color gamut information is generated.
  • the EIT is added to a digital broadcast signal and transmitted, and is referred to when an electronic program guide is generated in the receiving apparatus. That is, according to the above configuration, the color gamut information of the content reproduced by the receiving device can be provided to the receiving device that has received the EIT prior to the reproduction of the content. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the EIT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information. Further, according to the above configuration, the receiving apparatus that has received the EIT can generate an electronic program guide including color gamut information of the content.
  • the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
  • the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut.
  • Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
  • the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content is compared with the color gamut to be compared.
  • the display on which the content is displayed it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side.
  • the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format (the color gamut defined by the existing video standard).
  • the color gamut information includes a color gamut determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut.
  • Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how far the color gamut of the content protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the EIT determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
  • the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Non-compliant standard information non-compliant format information
  • the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the EIT, when the display for displaying the content conforms to the video standard, or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
  • a transmitting apparatus according to aspect 27 of the present invention provides a control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 21 to 26 and an event information table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content.
  • a transmission unit 14b for transmission is provided.
  • the event information table generated by the control information generation device is added to the digital broadcast signal and transmitted.
  • the receiving device refers to the event information table when generating the electronic program guide. That is, according to the above configuration, the color gamut information of the content reproduced by the receiving device can be provided to the receiving device prior to the reproduction of the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received the digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information included in the event information table. .
  • the receiving device (receiver 2b) is a receiving device that receives content transmitted in digital broadcasting, and acquires an event information table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content.
  • a control information acquisition unit (32b) that performs the conversion, and a color gamut conversion unit (26b) that converts the color gamut of the content video according to the color gamut information.
  • the event information table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired prior to the reproduction of the content, and the color gamut of the content video is determined according to the color gamut information. Convert. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. Moreover, according to said structure, the electronic program guide containing the color gamut information of the said content can be produced
  • the color gamut information is described as text in the event information table, and a program table (EPG) including text indicating the color gamut information is included.
  • the color gamut information can be included in the electronic program guide generated by the receiving device with reference to the event information table.
  • the text indicating the color gamut information can be included in the program table as it is, so that the color gamut information of each content can be presented in an easy-to-understand manner for the user.
  • a television receiver according to aspect 30 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 28 or 29 described above. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving apparatus according to aspect 28 are obtained.
  • a video signal transmission system 5 is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1b) that transmits content in digital broadcasting and a reception device (receiver 2b) that receives the content.
  • the transmission device adds an event information table including color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video of the content to the digital broadcast signal and transmits the event information table to the reception device, and the reception device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal.
  • An event information table is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, the same operation and effect as the control information generation device of aspect 21 and the reception device of aspect 28 are achieved.
  • the control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer.
  • each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
  • Embodiments 10 to 13 will be described below.
  • a receiver that can receive broadcasts (such as a television receiver) that is compatible with a service (for example, hybrid cast) that uses two communication paths, a broadcast path and a communication path, is also commercially available. It is like that.
  • a service for example, hybrid cast
  • the characteristic that a receiving device that supports network communication can reproduce content using information acquired via a communication path has not been used for adaptive conversion of the color gamut. It wasn't.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to adaptively convert the color gamut of content to a receiving apparatus that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a transmission device and the like that can be used.
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (transmission device, control information generation device) 1c included in the video signal transmission system 5c.
  • the video signal transmission system 5c is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1c to the receiver (receiving device) 2c.
  • the video signal transmission system 5c is mainly characterized in that the color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is acquired by the receiver 2c via the communication path, and thereby the optimum color corresponding to the video is obtained. It is possible to perform area conversion.
  • the next-generation 4K / 8K broadcasting it is considered that signals are transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format will be described.
  • the transmitter 1c transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1c transmits each packet (MMTP packet: MMT Protocol packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path).
  • MMTP packet MMT Protocol packet
  • One receiver 2c has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast path) and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication path via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2c can reproduce
  • the transmitter 1c includes an audio encoder 10c, a video encoder 11c, a multiplexing unit 12c, an encryption unit 13c, a transmission unit (control information transmission unit) 14c, a control unit 15c, and a communication I / F 16c.
  • the control unit 15c includes an encoding control unit 151c, a color gamut information acquisition unit 152c, a color gamut information notification unit (color gamut information transmission unit) 153c, and a control information generation unit 154c.
  • the audio encoder 10 c encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1 c and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12.
  • the video encoder 11c encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1c and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12c.
  • the multiplexing unit 12c multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10c, the video stream output from the video encoder 11c, and the control information output from the control unit 15c, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13c.
  • the encryption unit 13c encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12c and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14c. Then, the transmission unit 14c transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13c as a packet to the receiver 2c through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
  • the control unit 15c controls each unit included in the transmitter 1c. Specifically, the encoding control unit 151c included in the control unit 15c controls the audio encoder 10c and the video encoder 11c to perform encoding.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c acquires color gamut information, which is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1c, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut information notification unit 153c.
  • the method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited.
  • the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it.
  • the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing.
  • the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
  • the color gamut information notification unit 153c notifies the receiver 2c of the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c. Specifically, the color gamut information notification unit 153c transmits color gamut information to the receiver 2c via the communication I / F 16c in response to a request from the receiver 2c.
  • the control information generation unit 154c generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1c.
  • This control information is called MMT-SI in MMT, and includes various pieces of information related to content.
  • MMT-SI the control information is related to a program (software) executed during output of content video.
  • AIT Application Information Table
  • AIT called MH-AIT (Application Information Table) is defined in distinction from AIT of TS system.
  • TS format AIT and NH-AIT differ only in whether the descriptor_tag is 8 bits or 16 bits.
  • the term “AIT” in this specification includes “TS format Both “AIT” and “MH-AIT” are included.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step), and the control information generation unit 154c performs control for acquiring the color gamut information.
  • a process (control information generation step) for generating information (AIT) is executed.
  • the transmission unit 14c executes a process (control information transmission step) for transmitting the control information to the receiver 2c, and sends a gamut information notification unit to the receiver 2c that requests transmission of the gamut information according to the control information.
  • 153c executes a process (color gamut information transmission step) for transmitting the color gamut information through the communication path.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the color gamut information notification unit 153c transmits the newly acquired color gamut information. To do. In this way, by transmitting different color gamut information following the change in the content, it is possible to always reproduce the content by optimal conversion.
  • the gamut information to be transmitted may be switched without rewriting the AIT, and the gamut information after the change is acquired along with the change of the gamut information to be transmitted. The AIT may be rewritten.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of the receiver 2c.
  • the receiver 2c includes a tuner 20c, a communication I / F 21c, a decoding unit 22c, a demultiplexing unit 23c, an audio decoder 24c, a video decoder 25c, a color gamut conversion unit 26c, a display control unit 27c, a display 28c, as illustrated.
  • An input unit 29c and a control unit 30c are provided.
  • the control unit 30c includes a decoding control unit 301c, a demultiplexing control unit 302c, a control information acquisition unit 303c, an application control unit 304c, a color gamut information acquisition unit 305c, and a color gamut adjustment unit 306c.
  • the tuner 20c receives the content transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path, and outputs it to the decoding unit 22c.
  • the communication I / F 21c receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22c. That is, the receiver 2c is a receiving device that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path. Although details will be described later, the color gamut information is acquired through the communication I / F 21c.
  • the decryption unit 22c decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23c.
  • the demultiplexing unit 23c demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22c (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexing unit 23c outputs audio components to the audio decoder 24c, outputs video components to the video decoder 25c, and outputs control information to the control information acquisition unit 303c.
  • the audio decoder 24c decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs audio data.
  • the video decoder 25c decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23c and outputs video data.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c determines the necessity of color gamut conversion based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25c is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25c falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28c. For example, when it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28c, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28c, appropriate conversion is performed in accordance with the ratio existing outside. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26c may be provided in the control unit 30c.
  • the display control unit 27c performs control to display the video data on the display 28c.
  • the display 28c displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27c. That is, the receiver 2c is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) broadcast content.
  • the display 28c may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2c.
  • the input unit 29c is an input device that receives a user operation on the receiver 2c and notifies the control unit 30c of the contents of the operation.
  • the input unit 29c may be a receiving unit that receives a signal indicating the content of a user operation, which is transmitted, for example, by infrared rays.
  • the control unit 30c controls each unit included in the receiver 2c according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 301c controls the decryption unit 22c to decrypt the content. Also, the demultiplexing control unit 302c controls the demultiplexing unit 23c to perform demultiplexing of content.
  • the control information acquisition unit 303c acquires control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23c demultiplexing, and outputs an application control signal included in the control information to the application control unit 304c. Then, the application control unit 304c controls the operation of various application software (hereinafter referred to as an application) in accordance with the application control signal output by the control information acquisition unit 303c. Specifically, the application control unit 304c performs control to activate the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit 306c and to terminate activation.
  • an application application software
  • the functions of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit 306c are realized by an application.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information from the transmitter 1c via the communication I / F 21c and transmits the color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c or the color gamut conversion unit 26c.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 306c receives a user operation for adjusting the color gamut, and notifies the color gamut conversion unit 26c of a color gamut adjustment method according to the user operation.
  • FIG. 20 takes as an example a hybrid cast service realized as a service using both a broadcast path and a communication path, and shows an application control signal (AIT) transmitted together with a broadcast signal and an application activation example according to the AIT.
  • AIT application control signal
  • FIG. (A) of the figure shows an example in which one application (color gamut information acquisition unit 305c) is started according to the AIT. As illustrated, the AIT is transmitted together with the transmission signal (broadcast signal), and the AIT of the service is periodically transmitted while the tuning of the same service is maintained.
  • the AIT transmitted by the transmitter 1c includes a description indicating that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is automatically activated, and the receiver 2c that has received the AIT receives the color gamut information according to this description.
  • the acquisition unit 305c is activated.
  • the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires the color gamut information
  • the activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is terminated.
  • the acquisition destination of the color gamut information may be described in the AIT in a format such as URL (Uniform Resource Locator).
  • (b) of the figure shows an example in which two applications (color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and color gamut adjustment unit 306c) are activated in accordance with AIT.
  • the AIT transmitted by the transmitter 1c includes a description indicating that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is automatically activated, and the receiver 2c that has received this AIT receives the color according to this description.
  • the area information acquisition unit 305c is activated.
  • another application (app2 corresponding to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c) is described in the AIT.
  • the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information and performs a predetermined user operation
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 306c is activated instead of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (app1) according to the AIT.
  • the activated color gamut adjustment unit 306c receives a user operation for adjusting the color gamut and determines a color gamut adjustment method according to the user operation, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit The activation of 306c is terminated.
  • the color gamut information notification unit 153c of the transmitter 1c updates the color gamut information to be notified to one corresponding to a new source.
  • the application control unit 304c of the receiver 2c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c periodically (for example, when a new AIT is received or when the version of the AIT changes), and again the color gamut information To get.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c periodically (for example, when a new AIT is received or when the version of the AIT changes), and again the color gamut information To get.
  • the transmitter 1c transmits the content through the broadcast path and transmits the color gamut information of the content through the communication path. Then, the receiver 2c converts the color gamut of the content to be reproduced according to the color gamut information received through the communication path while reproducing the content transmitted through the broadcast path.
  • the color gamut information is transmitted through a route different from the content, a mechanism for changing the color gamut information to be applied in synchronization with the switching of the color gamut of the content with high accuracy is required.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of timing designation information and a change in color gamut according to the timing designation information.
  • the system clock is time information used to synchronize video, audio, subtitles, and the like in content distribution on a broadcast route or a communication route.
  • the color gamut of the content at the timing of becoming STC (1) is the color gamut (1).
  • the color gamut (2) is reached, and when it becomes STC (3), the color gamut. It has switched to (3).
  • Such a change in the color gamut can be expressed as timing designation information in which the STC is associated with the color gamut at that time (color gamut information), for example, as shown in the upper left of FIG.
  • Such timing designation information is acquired in advance based on the broadcast schedule of the content, the advertising content broadcast in the middle of the content, etc., the timing when the color gamut changes and what color gamut will be after the change. It can be generated by
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c sends the color gamut information associated with the timing to the color gamut conversion unit 26c at the timing indicated by the timing designation information. Notice. This makes it possible to apply different color gamut conversion at the timing indicated by the timing designation information.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c may transmit the color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 306c determines a color gamut adjustment method according to a user operation. Then, the determined adjustment method is notified to the color gamut conversion unit 26c.
  • the color gamut is automatically adjusted based on the acquired color gamut information. It may be adjusted.
  • the color gamut information is information regarding the color gamut of the received content, and may be any information that can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine a conversion mode when conversion is necessary.
  • the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side.
  • the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut.
  • the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above
  • BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above.
  • An example using the .709 color gamut is given.
  • the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
  • the area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane)
  • the area ratio may be indicated in a form.
  • the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC).
  • the percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
  • the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
  • n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2c including the display 28c compliant with BT.709.
  • the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible.
  • n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) ⁇ 100. Good.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c performs the same processing as the processing described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
  • the gamut converting unit 26c is the same as the processing described with reference to FIG. Perform the process. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for acquiring color gamut information executed by the receiver 2.
  • the color gamut is not automatically adjusted based on a user operation and the receiver 2c automatically converts the color gamut.
  • control information acquisition unit 303c extracts the AIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs the AIT to the application control unit 304c.
  • the application control unit 304c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305 according to the AIT ( S61).
  • the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information from a predetermined acquisition destination (in this example, the transmitter 1) indicated by the AIT via a communication path (S62). Further, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26c (S63), and notifies the application control unit 304c to that effect. Then, the application control unit 304c ends activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (S64), and the color gamut information acquisition processing is thereby ended.
  • a predetermined acquisition destination in this example, the transmitter 1 indicated by the AIT via a communication path (S62). Further, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26c (S63), and notifies the application control unit 304c to that effect. Then, the application control unit 304c ends activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (S64), and the color gamut information acquisition processing is thereby ended.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2c.
  • This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26c that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S63 in FIG.
  • outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28c (S70). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28c (S71).
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28c (NO in S71), the color gamut conversion unit 26c does not perform the color gamut conversion (S75) and ends the processing. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28c without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S71, the color gamut conversion unit 26c may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28c.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S72). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28c on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S72), the video gamut conversion unit 26c performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28c. (S73). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S72), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28c (S74). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
  • the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is based on whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28c. It is not limited to examples.
  • the color gamut conversion unit 26c uses the color gamut information to determine the color gamut conversion according to the color gamut information. However, the color gamut conversion unit 26c is applied by referring to the conversion table indicating the content of the color gamut conversion. The color gamut conversion to be performed may be determined. This will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating color gamut conversion using a conversion table.
  • the conversion table (color gamut conversion information) T shown in the figure shows an example of a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut into the BT.709 color gamut.
  • the conversion table management server 6 is compatible with the receiver 2c having various display characteristics (more specifically, the color gamut of the display 28). Multiple types of conversion tables are stored.
  • the conversion table management server 6 includes a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut to the AdobeRGB color gamut, the BT.2020 color gamut to the panel A color gamut (a predetermined color set by the user uniquely).
  • a conversion table or the like for conversion into (region) may be stored.
  • the receiver 2c may convert the color gamut of the content to be reproduced using a conversion table corresponding to the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28c.
  • a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut into the BT.709 color gamut can be used. That's fine.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c transmits the conversion table to the color gamut conversion unit 26c, and the color gamut conversion unit 26c uses this conversion table to determine the color gamut of the video. Convert.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c may acquire one conversion table corresponding to the display 28c, or may acquire a plurality of conversion tables. When a plurality of conversion tables are acquired, a conversion table corresponding to the color gamut of the display 28c is extracted from them and transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26c. Even when the conversion table is acquired, the color gamut information as described in (1) to (5) above may be acquired together. As a result, when the conversion using the conversion table is not in accordance with the user's will, other conversions can be performed.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of a color gamut adjustment screen displayed on the display 28c on the receiver 2c for color gamut adjustment.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates the receiver 2c when accepting color gamut adjustment by a user operation. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process performed by.
  • a window A1 for allowing the user to select whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary is displayed superimposed on the content video. More specifically, this window A1 includes a message for inquiring the user whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary, a selection item “Yes” for selecting to adjust the color gamut, and a selection for selecting not to adjust. The item “No” is displayed. A selection item “X” for closing the window A1 is displayed in the upper right corner of the window A1.
  • a window A2 for allowing the user to perform color gamut adjustment is displayed superimposed on the content video. More specifically, in this window A2, panel color gamut information B1 indicating the color gamut of the panel (display 28) and video color gamut information B2 indicating the color gamut of the content video are displayed.
  • the window A2 includes post-conversion color gamut information B3 indicating the post-conversion color gamut, a color gamut reduction key B4 for narrowing the color gamut, and a color gamut expansion key B5 for widening the color gamut. It is also displayed.
  • a selection item (X) for closing the window A2 is displayed in the upper right corner of the window A2.
  • the user who performs the color gamut adjustment refers to the panel color gamut information B1 and the video color gamut information B2 in the window A2 to determine how much the color gamut of the display 28c is insufficient with respect to the video color gamut. Alternatively, it can be easily recognized how much room is available.
  • the user operates the color gamut reduction key B4.
  • a process for reducing the color gamut for example, compression
  • the result of this process is reflected in the post-conversion color gamut information B3, and the color gamut indicated by the post-conversion color gamut information B3 becomes narrow.
  • the user operates the color gamut expansion key B5.
  • processing for extending the color gamut is performed, and the result of this processing is reflected in the post-conversion color gamut information B3, so that the color gamut indicated by the post-conversion color gamut information B3 is widened.
  • control information acquisition unit 303c extracts the AIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs the AIT to the application control unit 304c.
  • the application control unit 304c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c according to the AIT ( S80). Then, the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information (S81).
  • the application control unit 304c activates the color gamut adjustment unit 306c according to the AIT (S82), instructs the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c to cause the color gamut adjustment unit 306c to transmit the color gamut information. Then, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c that has received the color gamut information displays a screen as shown in FIG. 25A on the display 28c, for example, and allows the user to select whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary. Note that, when selection is made that the color gamut adjustment is not possible, the color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26c to convert the color gamut.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 306c displays, for example, a screen as shown in FIG. Is accepted (S83).
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 306c notifies the color gamut conversion unit 26c of an adjustment method according to the received user operation (S84), and notifies the application control unit 304c accordingly.
  • the application control unit 304c ends activation of the color gamut adjustment unit 306c (S85), and also ends activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (S86), thereby ending the processing.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of the video signal transmission system 500.
  • the video signal transmission system 500 includes a transmitter 100, a receiver 200, a color gamut information management server 300, and a terminal device (transmission device) 400.
  • the video signal transmission system 500 is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 100 to the receiver 200 as in the video signal transmission system 5 of the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device 400 acquires the color gamut information from the color gamut information management server 300, and receives the acquired color gamut information (or the color gamut adjustment method determined based on the color gamut information).
  • the color gamut information management server 300 is a server that manages color gamut information of each content to be broadcast, and obtains color gamut information corresponding to the content by accessing the server and notifying the content. Can do.
  • the video signal transmission system 500 can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content through such processing.
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of the receiver 200 and the terminal device 400.
  • the receiver 200 has substantially the same configuration as the receiver 2c in FIG. 19, but does not have a function of acquiring color gamut information from the AIT, and the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c receives color gamut information or It differs in that it obtains the color gamut adjustment method.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is illustrated as a block in the control unit 30c, but the decoding control unit 301c, the demultiplexing control unit 302c, and the like of FIG. 19 are also included in the control unit 30c.
  • the terminal device 400 is used by a user of the receiver 200 and is a terminal device having a communication function with the receiver 200 and the color gamut information management server 300.
  • the terminal device 400 may be a general-purpose terminal device such as a smartphone or a tablet terminal.
  • the terminal device 400 includes a communication I / F 40, a control unit 41, a display unit 42, and an input unit 43.
  • the communication I / F 40 is for the terminal device 400 to communicate with an external device, specifically, the receiver 200 and the color gamut information management server 300 through a communication path.
  • the communication I / F 40 may be a device that performs communication via a communication network such as the Internet. Note that a communication I / F for communicating with the receiver 200 and a communication I / F for communicating with the color gamut information management server 300 may be provided separately.
  • the control unit 41 controls and controls each unit of the terminal device 400, and includes a color gamut information acquisition unit 411, a color gamut information notification unit (color gamut information transmission unit) 412, and a color gamut adjustment unit 413.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 acquires color gamut information. Specifically, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 acquires from the color gamut information management server 300 the color gamut information of the content specified by the user (the content being broadcast and received by the receiver 200). Then, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 413. Note that the terminal device 400 may be configured not to adjust the color gamut. In this case, the color gamut adjustment unit 413 transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut information notification unit 412, The color gamut information notification unit 412 transmits this color gamut information to the receiver 200.
  • the color gamut information notification unit 412 notifies the receiver 200 of the color gamut adjustment method determined by the color gamut adjustment unit 413 through the communication path (via the communication I / F 40). As described above, when the terminal device 400 does not adjust the color gamut, the color gamut information notification unit 412 receives the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 via the communication I / F 40. Notify the machine 200.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 413 causes the display unit 42 to display a color gamut adjustment screen that accepts a user operation for adjusting the color gamut of content based on the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411. Then, a color gamut adjustment method is determined in accordance with a user operation during display of the color gamut adjustment screen, and the determined adjustment method is transmitted to the color gamut information notification unit 412. As a result, the receiver 200 is notified of the adjustment method.
  • the display unit 42 is a display device that displays an image according to the control of the control unit 41
  • the input unit 43 is an input device that accepts a user input operation on the terminal device 400 and notifies the control unit 41 of the contents of the operation.
  • a touch panel in which the display surface of the display unit 42 and the input surface of the input unit 43 are integrally formed will be described, but the display unit 42 and the input unit 43 may be separate and independent devices. Good.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example of a color gamut adjustment screen displayed for color gamut adjustment.
  • a color gamut adjustment function is provided as one of the functions of an application that displays related information of broadcast content. That is, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411, the color gamut information notification unit 412, and the color gamut adjustment unit 413 start operation by starting the application.
  • the color gamut information acquisition unit 411, the color gamut information notification unit 412, and the color gamut adjustment unit 413 may be activated and operated independently of the application.
  • it is incorporated in the function of the application it is preferable because color gamut adjustment can be performed when the related information of the content is confirmed.
  • the program name, broadcast time, performer, and program content are displayed as the program information, and the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 is displayed.
  • the color gamut information the area in the chromaticity plane of the color gamut of the video of the content (program) is 80% as large as the area of the color gamut of BT.2020, and BT.709 It is displayed that it has a width of 120% with respect to the area of the color gamut.
  • the model name and display characteristics of the receiver 200 are displayed as the receiver information.
  • the area in the chromaticity plane of the color gamut of the display 28 is 70% larger than the area of the color gamut of BT.2020, and the area of the color gamut of BT.709
  • the user can determine whether or not the color gamut of the content to be displayed is within the color gamut range of the display 28 by comparing the display characteristics with the color gamut information.
  • the receiver information may be acquired from the receiver 200 by causing the terminal device 400 and the receiver 200 to communicate with each other, or may be input to the terminal device 400 by the user in advance.
  • a key C for starting the color gamut adjustment is displayed.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 413 displays a color gamut adjustment screen as shown in FIG.
  • Such a color gamut adjustment screen can be displayed by acquiring outer edge coordinates as color gamut information.
  • the color gamut adjustment screen in (b) of the figure is a screen in which the color gamut of the content video and the color gamut of the display 28 are displayed on the chromaticity plane.
  • the user can recognize which part of the color gamut of the content video should be adjusted.
  • the shape of the outer edge can be changed by selecting and dragging the outer edge of the color gamut of the content video.
  • the position P1 corresponding to the apex of the triangle indicating the color gamut of the content video is selected.
  • the vertex of the color gamut of the content video is moved, and the display The state falls within the color gamut range of 28c.
  • the color gamut adjustment unit 413 determines a color gamut adjustment method in which the color gamut of the content video is deformed in this way.
  • the receiver 200 is notified of the adjustment method, and the video of the content is displayed after being adjusted by the adjustment method.
  • the user can adjust the color gamut of the content displayed on the receiver 200 with the terminal device 400 to suit his / her preference.
  • the transmitter 100 does not need to perform processing for color gamut adjustment such as acquisition and transmission of color gamut information, and is therefore used in conventional broadcasting stations.
  • Such a general transmitter can be applied as it is.
  • the receiver 200 it is not necessary to provide the receiver 200 with a configuration for accepting a user operation for adjusting the color gamut, and a user operation for adjusting the color gamut simply by installing an application on the terminal device 400 is possible. Can be accepted. Therefore, the user can easily adjust the color gamut without increasing the manufacturing cost of the receiver 200.
  • the transmitter 1c of the above embodiment includes a function as a transmission device that transmits color gamut information to the receiver 2c, a function as a control information generation device that generates an AIT for acquiring color gamut information, and a digital broadcast signal. And a function as a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus for transmitting the.
  • a function similar to that of the transmitter 1c can be realized by a combination of a transmission device, a control information generation device, and a broadcast signal transmission device that are independent from each other.
  • the same as the transmitter 1c can be realized.
  • the same function as that of the transmitter 1c can be realized by a combination of a transmission device that transmits color gamut information and a device that has the function of generating the AIT and the function of transmitting a broadcast signal.
  • the example in which the content is transmitted through the broadcast path has been described.
  • the content may be transmitted through the communication path.
  • the content transmitted through the broadcast route and the content transmitted through the communication route may be combined and reproduced.
  • Control blocks of the transmitter 1c, the receiver 2c, the receiver 200, and the terminal device 400 may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be a CPU (Central Processing Unit). ) May be implemented by software.
  • the transmitter 1c, the receiver 2c, the receiver 200, and the terminal device 400 are a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and the program and various data are computers (or CPUs).
  • a ROM (Read Only Memory) or a storage device (referred to as “recording medium”) recorded in a readable manner, a RAM (Random Access Memory) for developing the program, and the like are provided.
  • the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it.
  • a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used.
  • the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program.
  • a transmission medium such as a communication network or a broadcast wave
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • a transmission device (transmitter 1c, terminal device 400) according to an aspect 32 of the present invention is a transmission device that transmits information to a reception device (receiver 2c) that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path.
  • a color gamut information acquisition unit (152c, 411) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut of the video of the content transmitted to the receiving device, and a color gamut that transmits the color gamut information to the receiving device via a communication path.
  • An information transmission unit (color gamut information notification unit 153c, color gamut information notification unit 412).
  • the color gamut information is transmitted to the receiving device via the communication path.
  • the receiving apparatus supports a service (for example, hybrid cast) using both a broadcast path and a communication path, the content can be reproduced using color gamut information received via the communication path. Therefore, according to the above configuration, it is possible to cause the receiving apparatus that has received the color gamut information to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. .
  • the color gamut information transmission unit may transmit timing designation information indicating a timing to apply the color gamut information.
  • the timing designation information since the timing designation information is transmitted, the color gamut conversion corresponding to the color gamut information can be applied at the timing indicated by the timing designation information. This makes it possible to apply different color gamut conversion in units of frames, for example.
  • the timing designation information it is preferable to apply time information used for synchronization control in broadcasting, such as a system clock.
  • the color gamut information includes color gamut conversion information indicating a conversion method for converting the color gamut of the video of the content into a narrower color gamut. It may be.
  • the receiving device that has received the color gamut information uses the conversion method indicated by the color gamut conversion information, and uses the conversion method indicated by the color gamut conversion information. Can be converted to a narrower color gamut. That is, according to the above configuration, it is possible to convert the color gamut of the content video to a narrower color gamut without causing the receiving apparatus to perform the process of determining the color gamut conversion method.
  • the color gamut information includes an outer edge indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. Coordinates may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can identify how wide the color gamut of the received content is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes, in the color gamut information, an area that the color gamut of the content occupies on the chromaticity plane and a comparison target of the color gamut Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area on the chromaticity plane may be included.
  • the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the received content is compared with the color gamut to be compared.
  • the display on which the content is displayed it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side.
  • the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format color gamut defined by the existing video standard
  • the color gamut of the content includes a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut.
  • Information indicating the degree of going out may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can specify how far the color gamut of the received content protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
  • the color gamut information includes correspondence standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined ( Corresponding format information) may be included.
  • the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
  • the color gamut information indicates a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined.
  • Non-compliant standard information non-compliant format information
  • the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information, when the display for displaying the content conforms to the video standard, or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, It can be determined that the color gamut of the content needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
  • the control information generating device (transmitter 1c) according to the aspect 40 of the present invention generates control information related to reproduction of content transmitted to a receiving device (receiver 2c) corresponding to a service using both a broadcast path and a communication path.
  • a control information generation unit (154c) that generates control information (AIT) for acquiring color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content, and the control information is transmitted to the reception device.
  • a control information transmission unit (transmission unit 14c) for transmission.
  • the receiving device since the control information for acquiring the color gamut information is generated and transmitted to the receiving device, the receiving device can acquire the color gamut information using the control information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after the receiving device adaptively converts the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • control information generation device may be configured such that, in aspect 40, the control information transmission unit transmits the control information together with the content as a digital broadcast signal to the reception device.
  • control information is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received this digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information acquired according to the control information.
  • the receiving apparatus (receiver 2c) according to the aspect 42 of the present invention is a receiving apparatus that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path, and acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video to be played back.
  • a control information acquisition unit (303c) that acquires control information for performing the processing, and a color gamut conversion unit that converts the color gamut of the video of the content in accordance with the color gamut information acquired through the communication path according to the control information. (26c).
  • the control information for acquiring the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content is acquired, and the content of the content is determined according to the color gamut information acquired through the communication path according to the control information. Convert the color gamut of the video. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
  • a television receiver according to aspect 43 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 42 described above. Therefore, the same function and effect as that of the receiving apparatus according to aspect 42 are obtained.
  • the video signal transmission system 5 includes a transmitter (transmitter 1c) that transmits content to a receiver (receiver 2c) that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path, and the content.
  • a video signal transmission system including a receiving device that receives the control information for obtaining color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content as a digital broadcast signal together with the content to the receiving device. Then, the receiving device acquires the color gamut information through a communication path according to the control information acquired from the digital broadcast signal, and converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information. Therefore, the same operational effects as the transmission device of aspect 1 and the reception device of aspect 42 are obtained.
  • the transmission device, the control information generation device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer.
  • each unit included in the transmission device, the control information generation device, or the reception device each unit included in the transmission device, the control information generation device, or the reception device.
  • a control program that causes the above-described transmission device, control information generation device, or reception device to be realized by a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
  • the present invention can be used for content transmitters and receivers.
  • Transmitter (control information generator, transmitter) 14 Transmitting unit 17 Color gamut information acquiring unit 18 Control information generating unit 2 Receiver (receiving device, television receiver) 32 Control information acquisition unit 26 Color gamut conversion unit 5 Video signal transmission system

Abstract

This transmitter (1) includes a color gamut information obtaining unit (17) that obtains color gamut information about the color gamut of video contents transmitted by an MMT, and a control information generating unit (18) that generates an MPT containing the color gamut information.

Description

制御情報生成装置、受信装置、映像信号伝送システム、および制御プログラムControl information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmission system, and control program
 本発明は、映像の色域の変換に関し、より詳細には映像の色域の変換に用いる情報を生成する制御情報生成装置等に関する。 The present invention relates to video color gamut conversion, and more particularly to a control information generation device that generates information used for video color gamut conversion.
 放送の高度化の一環として、従来よりも広い色域を再現することのできる映像信号が提案されている。具体的には、国際電気通信連合が制定したITU-R BT.2020(以下、BT.2020と記載)では、従来使われているITU-R BT.709(以下、BT.709と記載)よりも大幅に広い色域を表現することが可能となった。そして、2014年には、この規格を採用した4K試験放送が開始され、今後も4K/8Kの放送を中心に採用される見込みである。 As part of the advancement of broadcasting, video signals that can reproduce a wider color gamut than before have been proposed. Specifically, the ITU-R BT.2020 (hereinafter referred to as BT.2020) established by the International Telecommunications Union is based on the conventional ITU-R BT.709 (hereinafter referred to as BT.709). It has become possible to express a significantly wider color gamut. Then, in 2014, 4K test broadcasting using this standard was started, and it is expected that 4K / 8K broadcasting will be used mainly in the future.
 ここで、BT.2020のような、広い色域を持った映像信号においては、一部の色は既存のテレビディスプレイでは再現できないことがある。そのため、表示するディスプレイでは、受け取った映像信号を再現可能な色域内に変換する処理が必要となる。 Here, in a video signal having a wide color gamut such as BT.2020, some colors may not be reproduced on an existing television display. For this reason, the display to be displayed needs to convert the received video signal into a reproducible color gamut.
 この処理には大きく分けて2通りの方法がある。一つは、全ての映像信号を色域圧縮して再現可能な領域内に変換する方法(コンプレッション)である。コンプレッションによれば、全ての色の階調を保ったまま再現することができるが、全体として元の信号とはずれた色表現になってしまうという欠点がある。そして、もう一つは、再現可能な色域の外にある映像信号だけを、再現可能な色域内に圧縮する方法(クリッピング)である。クリッピングによれば、再現可能な色域内の信号を正確に表現することができるが、再現可能な色域外にある信号の階調は失われ、不自然な映像になってしまうという欠点がある。なお、このような色域の変換に関する先行技術文献としては、例えば下記特許文献1~3が挙げられる。 There are two main methods for this process. One is a method (compression) of converting all video signals into a reproducible region by color gamut compression. According to compression, it is possible to reproduce while maintaining the gradation of all colors, but there is a drawback that the color expression deviates from the original signal as a whole. The other is a method (clipping) of compressing only a video signal outside the reproducible color gamut into the reproducible color gamut. According to clipping, a signal within a reproducible color gamut can be accurately expressed, but there is a disadvantage that the gradation of a signal outside the reproducible color gamut is lost, resulting in an unnatural image. As prior art documents regarding such color gamut conversion, for example, the following Patent Documents 1 to 3 can be cited.
日本国公開特許公報「特開2006-148607号公報(2006年6月8日公開)」Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2006-148607 A (published June 8, 2006)” 日本国公開特許公報「特開2009-218963号公報(2009年9月24日公開)」Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-218963 (published on Sep. 24, 2009)” 日本国公開特許公報「特開2009-038686号公報(2009年2月19日公開)」Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-038686 (published on Feb. 19, 2009)”
 ここで、再生対象が、刻々と変化する放送コンテンツのようなものである場合、刻々と変化するコンテンツに合わせて、色域変換処理も適応的に変える必要がある。しかしながら、上記従来技術では、変化するコンテンツに合わせて色域変換処理を適応的に変えることができないという問題があった。例えば、再生対象が切り替わった後も、切り替え前と同じ色域変換処理が適用され、その結果として再生対象の色合いが不自然に変化するといった問題があった。 Here, when the playback target is something like a broadcast content that changes every moment, it is necessary to adaptively change the color gamut conversion process according to the content that changes every moment. However, the conventional technology has a problem that the color gamut conversion process cannot be adaptively changed in accordance with the changing contents. For example, even after the playback target is switched, the same color gamut conversion processing as that before switching is applied, and as a result, there is a problem that the color of the playback target changes unnaturally.
 本発明は、上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、再生するコンテンツに応じてその映像の色域を適応的に変換させることができる制御情報生成装置等を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a control information generation device and the like that can adaptively convert the color gamut of the video in accordance with the content to be reproduced. It is in.
 上記の課題を解決するために、本発明の一態様に係る制御情報生成装置は、MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部と、上記色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを生成する制御情報生成部と、を備えている構成である。 In order to solve the above-described problem, a control information generation device according to an aspect of the present invention is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted by MMT. This is a configuration including a color gamut information acquisition unit that acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut of a video, and a control information generation unit that generates an MMT package table including the color gamut information.
 また、本発明の一態様に係る受信装置は、上記の課題を解決するために、MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを受信する受信装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを取得する制御情報取得部と、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する色域変換部と、を備えている構成である。 In order to solve the above problem, a receiving device according to one aspect of the present invention is a receiving device that receives content transmitted by MMT, and includes color gamut information related to a color gamut of a video of the content. A control information acquisition unit that acquires an MMT package table including the color information and a color gamut conversion unit that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
 そして、本発明の一態様に係る映像信号伝送システムは、上記の課題を解決するために、MMTにてコンテンツを送信する送信装置と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を示す色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信し、上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から上記MMTパッケージテーブルを取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する構成である。 In order to solve the above problems, a video signal transmission system according to an aspect of the present invention is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device that transmits content using MMT and a reception device that receives the content. The transmitting device transmits an MMT package table including color gamut information indicating a color gamut of the video of the content to the receiving device together with the content as a digital broadcast signal, and the receiving device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal. The MMT package table is acquired, and the color gamut of the video of the content is converted according to the color gamut information.
 本発明の上記各態様によれば、再生するコンテンツに応じてその映像の色域を適応的に変換させることができるという効果を奏する。 According to each aspect of the present invention, it is possible to adaptively convert the color gamut of the video according to the content to be reproduced.
本発明の実施形態1に係る映像信号伝送システムに含まれる送信機および受信機の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a principal part structure of the transmitter and receiver which are contained in the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 上記映像信号伝送システムで送受信される、色域情報を含むMPTの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of MPT including the color gamut information transmitted / received by the said video signal transmission system. 外縁座標を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the color gamut conversion using an outer edge coordinate. 面積比情報を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the color gamut conversion using area ratio information. はみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the color gamut conversion using the information which shows the ratio of the area of the area | region which protruded. 対応フォーマット情報と非対応フォーマット情報を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining corresponding format information and non-corresponding format information. 上記受信機で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires the color gamut information performed with the said receiver. 上記受信機で実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the color gamut conversion process performed with the said receiver. 本発明の実施形態4に係る映像信号伝送システムに含まれる送信機および受信機の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a principal part structure of the transmitter and receiver which are contained in the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 4 of this invention. 上記映像信号伝送システムで送受信される、色域情報を含むPMTの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of PMT containing the color gamut information transmitted / received by the said video signal transmission system. 上記受信機で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires the color gamut information performed with the said receiver. 上記受信機で実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the color gamut conversion process performed with the said receiver. 本発明の実施形態7に係る映像信号伝送システムに含まれる送信機および受信機の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the principal part structure of the transmitter and receiver which are contained in the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention. (a)は、上記映像信号伝送システムで送受信される、色域情報を含むEITの一例を示す図であり、(b)は、(a)に示すEITにおける色域情報を含む記述子の他の一例を示す図である。(A) is a figure which shows an example of EIT containing color gamut information transmitted / received by the said video signal transmission system, (b) is other than the descriptor containing the color gamut information in EIT shown to (a). It is a figure which shows an example. 上記受信機で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires the color gamut information performed with the said receiver. 上記受信機で実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the color gamut conversion process performed with the said receiver. 上記受信機が、色域情報を含むEITを参照して生成する電子番組表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the electronic program guide which the said receiver produces | generates with reference to EIT containing color gamut information. 本発明の実施形態10に係る映像信号伝送システムに含まれる送信機の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a principal part structure of the transmitter contained in the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 10 of this invention. 上記映像信号伝送システムに含まれる受信機の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a principal part structure of the receiver contained in the said video signal transmission system. 放送信号と共に送信されるAITと該AITに従ったアプリの起動例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the activation example of AIT transmitted with a broadcast signal, and the application according to this AIT. タイミング指定情報と、該タイミング指定情報に応じた色域の変化の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a timing specification information and the change of the color gamut according to this timing specification information. 上記受信機で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires the color gamut information performed with the said receiver. 上記受信機で実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the color gamut conversion process performed with the said receiver. 変換テーブルを用いた色域変換を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the color gamut conversion using a conversion table. 色域の調整のために受信機に表示される色域調整画面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the color gamut adjustment screen displayed on a receiver for color gamut adjustment. ユーザ操作による色域調整を受け付ける場合に上記受信機で実行される処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process performed by the said receiver, when accepting the color gamut adjustment by user operation. 本発明の実施形態11に係る映像信号伝送システムの概略構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the video signal transmission system which concerns on Embodiment 11 of this invention. 上記映像信号伝送システムに含まれる受信機および端末装置の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a principal part structure of the receiver and terminal device which are contained in the said video signal transmission system. 色域の調整のために端末装置に表示される色域調整画面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the color gamut adjustment screen displayed on a terminal device for adjustment of a color gamut.
 以下、本発明の実施形態1について、図1~図8を参照して詳細に説明する。まず、本実施形態に係る映像信号伝送システムの構成を図1に基づいて説明する。図1は、映像信号伝送システム5に含まれる送信機(制御情報生成装置、送信装置)1および受信機(受信装置)2の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。 Hereinafter, Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. First, the configuration of the video signal transmission system according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1 and a receiver (reception device) 2 included in the video signal transmission system 5.
 映像信号伝送システム5は、送信機1から受信機2に映像信号等を伝送するシステムである。映像信号伝送システム5は、伝送する映像の色域を示す色域情報を当該映像信号と共に送信する点が主な特徴点であり、これによって、映像に応じた最適な色域変換を行うことを可能にしている。なお、次世代の4K/8K放送では、MMT(MPEG Media Transport)フォーマットで信号が送信されることが検討されている。そこで、本実施形態では、MMTフォーマットにて映像信号を伝送する例を説明する。 The video signal transmission system 5 is a system that transmits a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1 to the receiver 2. The video signal transmission system 5 is mainly characterized in that the color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is transmitted together with the video signal, thereby performing optimum color gamut conversion according to the video. It is possible. In the next-generation 4K / 8K broadcasting, it is considered that signals are transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format will be described.
 送信機1は、映像信号等の形態でコンテンツを送信する。より詳細には、送信機1は、放送経路(放送伝送路)にてコンテンツを構成する各パケット(MMTPパケット:MMT Protocol パケット)を送信する。一方の受信機2は、このコンテンツ(放送経路で配信されるコンテンツ)の受信機能を備えていると共に、例えばインターネット等の通信網を介して通信経路で配信されるコンテンツの受信機能も備えている。そして、受信機2は、これら2つの経路を介して受信した各コンテンツを組み合わせて再生することができる。なお、同図では、受信機2を1つのみ記載しているが、送信機1は複数の受信機2に対してコンテンツをブロードキャストする。 Transmitter 1 transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1 transmits each packet (MMTP packet: MMT Protocol packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path). One receiver 2 has a function for receiving this content (content distributed via a broadcast route), and also has a function for receiving content distributed via a communication route via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2 can reproduce | regenerate combining each content received via these two paths | routes. In the figure, only one receiver 2 is shown, but the transmitter 1 broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2.
 〔送信機の構成〕
 送信機1は、図示のように、オーディオエンコーダ10、ビデオエンコーダ11、多重化部12、暗号化部13、送信部14、および制御部15を備えている。また、制御部15には、エンコード制御部16、色域情報取得部17、および制御情報生成部18が含まれている。
[Configuration of transmitter]
The transmitter 1 includes an audio encoder 10, a video encoder 11, a multiplexing unit 12, an encryption unit 13, a transmission unit 14, and a control unit 15, as illustrated. The control unit 15 includes an encoding control unit 16, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17, and a control information generation unit 18.
 オーディオエンコーダ10は、送信機1が送信するコンテンツのオーディオ(音声)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12に出力する。同様に、ビデオエンコーダ11は、送信機1が送信するコンテンツのビデオ(映像)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12に出力する。 The audio encoder 10 encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12. Similarly, the video encoder 11 encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12.
 多重化部12は、オーディオエンコーダ10が出力したオーディオストリーム、ビデオエンコーダ11が出力したビデオストリーム、および制御部15が出力した制御情報を多重化して暗号化部13に出力する。 The multiplexing unit 12 multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10, the video stream output from the video encoder 11, and the control information output from the control unit 15, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13.
 暗号化部13は、多重化部12が出力する多重化ストリームを暗号化して送信部14に出力する。そして、送信部14は、暗号化部13が出力する暗号化されたデータをパケットとして、デジタル放送信号の形態で放送経路にて受信機2に送信する。 The encryption unit 13 encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12 and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14. Then, the transmission unit 14 transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13 as a packet to the receiver 2 through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
 制御部15は、送信機1の備える各部の制御等を行う。具体的には、制御部15に含まれるエンコード制御部16は、オーディオエンコーダ10およびビデオエンコーダ11を制御してエンコードを行わせる。 The control unit 15 controls each unit included in the transmitter 1. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16 included in the control unit 15 controls the audio encoder 10 and the video encoder 11 to perform encoding.
 色域情報取得部17は、送信機1が送信するコンテンツの色域に関する情報である色域情報を取得し、取得した色域情報を制御情報生成部18に出力する。色域情報の取得方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、撮影に使用したカメラの機種等から、その撮影で得られたコンテンツの色域は決まるから、撮影に使ったカメラの情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。また、コンテンツに映像処理が施されている場合、その映像処理に用いた機材によって、そのコンテンツの色域が特定されることもある。この場合、映像処理に用いた機材の情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。この他にも、例えば、編集の時点等の任意のタイミングでコンテンツの映像解析を行うことにより、色域情報を取得してもよい。なお、色域情報の詳細は後述する。 The color gamut information acquisition unit 17 acquires color gamut information that is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18. The method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited. For example, the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it. Further, when video processing is performed on the content, the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing. In this case, the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing. In addition to this, for example, the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
 制御情報生成部18は、送信機1が送信するコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する。この制御情報は、MMTではMMT-SIと呼ばれるものであり、コンテンツに関する種々の情報が含まれるが、ここでは、MMT-SIのうち、コンテンツのパッケージに関する情報が記述されたMPT(MMT Package Table)の生成に絞って説明する。 The control information generation unit 18 generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1. This control information is called MMT-SI in MMT, and includes various information related to content. Here, MPT (MMT Package Package) in which information related to a package of content is described in MMT-SI. The explanation will focus on the generation of.
 このように、送信機1では、色域情報取得部17が色域情報を取得する処理(色域情報取得ステップ)を実行する。そして、制御情報生成部18が上記色域情報を含む制御情報(MPT)を生成する処理(制御情報生成ステップ)を実行する。したがって、このMPTを受信した受信機2において、該MPTと共に受信したコンテンツをその色域情報に応じた適切な変換を行って(あるいは変換を行わずに)表示させることが可能になる。 As described above, in the transmitter 1, the color gamut information acquisition unit 17 executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). Then, the control information generation unit 18 executes a process (control information generation step) for generating control information (MPT) including the color gamut information. Therefore, in the receiver 2 that has received the MPT, it is possible to display the content received together with the MPT with appropriate conversion according to the color gamut information (or without conversion).
 なお、色域情報取得部17は、送信機1が送信するコンテンツが切り替わる場合、切り替え後のコンテンツの色域情報を取得し、制御情報生成部18はこの色域情報を含むMPTを生成する。このように、コンテンツの変化に追従して、異なる色域情報を含むMPTを生成することにより、常に最適な変換によってコンテンツを再生させることが可能になる。 Note that, when the content transmitted by the transmitter 1 is switched, the color gamut information acquisition unit 17 acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the control information generation unit 18 generates an MPT including this color gamut information. As described above, by generating an MPT including different color gamut information following the change of the content, it is possible to always reproduce the content by optimal conversion.
 〔受信機の構成〕
 受信機2は、図示のように、チューナ20、通信I/F21、復号部22、逆多重化部23、オーディオデコーダ24、ビデオデコーダ25、色域変換部26、表示制御部27、ディスプレイ28、および制御部29を備えている。また、制御部29には、復号制御部30、逆多重化制御部31、および制御情報取得部32が含まれている。
[Configuration of receiver]
As shown, the receiver 2 includes a tuner 20, a communication I / F 21, a decoding unit 22, a demultiplexing unit 23, an audio decoder 24, a video decoder 25, a color gamut conversion unit 26, a display control unit 27, a display 28, And a control unit 29. The control unit 29 includes a decoding control unit 30, a demultiplexing control unit 31, and a control information acquisition unit 32.
 チューナ20は、放送経路にてデジタル放送信号として送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22に出力する。一方、通信I/F21は、通信経路にて送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22に出力する。 The tuner 20 receives content and the like transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22. On the other hand, the communication I / F 21 receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22.
 復号部22は、チューナ20および通信I/F21を介して受信したコンテンツが暗号化されていた場合、これを復号して逆多重化部23に出力する。 When the content received via the tuner 20 and the communication I / F 21 is encrypted, the decryption unit 22 decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23.
 逆多重化部23は、復号部22が出力するデータ(暗号は復号されているが多重化されている)を逆多重化する。そして、逆多重化によって得られた当該コンテンツの各構成要素(コンポーネント)を、当該コンポーネントの種別に応じて処理する。具体的には、逆多重化部23は、オーディオのコンポーネントはオーディオデコーダ24に出力し、ビデオのコンポーネントはビデオデコーダ25に出力し、制御情報は制御情報取得部32に出力する。 The demultiplexer 23 demultiplexes the data output from the decryptor 22 (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexer 23 outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24, outputs the video component to the video decoder 25, and outputs the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32.
 オーディオデコーダ24は、逆多重化部23が出力するオーディオコンポーネントを復号してオーディオデータを出力する。同様に、ビデオデコーダ25は、逆多重化部23が出力するビデオコンポーネントを復号してビデオデータを出力する。 The audio decoder 24 decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexer 23 and outputs audio data. Similarly, the video decoder 25 decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23 and outputs video data.
 色域変換部26は、色域情報をもとに、色域変換の要否を決定する。また、変換要の場合には、その方式についても決定し、決定した方式でビデオデコーダ25が出力するビデオデータの色域を変換する。この変換により、ビデオデコーダ25が出力するビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28の表示可能な色域の範囲内に収まるようになる。例えば、色域情報から、再生しようとするビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28の再現可能な色域の内部にあると判定される場合、変換しないことを決定する。一方、ディスプレイ28の再現可能な色域の外部にあると判定される場合には、外部にある割合などに応じて適切な変換を行う。なお、色域変換部26は、制御部29内に設けられていてもよい。 The color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25 is converted by the determined method. With this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25 falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28. For example, if it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28, appropriate conversion is performed according to the ratio of the color outside the display 28. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26 may be provided in the control unit 29.
 表示制御部27は、ビデオデータをディスプレイ28に表示させる制御を行う。また、ディスプレイ28は、表示制御部27の制御に従ってビデオデータを表示する。つまり、受信機2は、放送されるコンテンツの受信機能および再生(表示)機能を備えたテレビジョン受像機である。なお、ディスプレイ28は、受信機2に外付けされた外部の装置であってもよい。 The display control unit 27 performs control to display the video data on the display 28. The display 28 displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27. That is, the receiver 2 is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) content to be broadcast. The display 28 may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2.
 制御部29は、受信した制御情報に従って受信機2の備える各部を制御する。具体的には、復号制御部30は、復号部22を制御してコンテンツの復号を行わせる。また、逆多重化制御部31は、逆多重化部23を制御してコンテンツの逆多重化を行わせる。そして、制御情報取得部32は、逆多重化部23が逆多重化することによって出力された制御情報を取得し、制御情報に色域情報が含まれる場合には、この情報を色域変換部26に出力する。 The control unit 29 controls each unit included in the receiver 2 according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30 controls the decryption unit 22 to decrypt the content. Further, the demultiplexing control unit 31 controls the demultiplexing unit 23 to perform demultiplexing of content. Then, the control information acquisition unit 32 acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23 demultiplexing. When the control information includes color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32 converts the information into the color gamut conversion unit. 26.
 〔色域情報を含むMPTの例〕
 続いて、色域情報を含むMPTの例を図2に基づいて説明する。図2は、色域情報を含むMPTの一例を示す図である。図示のMPTには、当該MPTのバージョンを示す記述子D1(version)と、MMTのパッケージIDを示す記述子D2(MMT_package_id_byte)とが含まれていると共に、色域情報を含む記述子D3(MPT_descriptors_byte)が含まれている。
[Example of MPT including color gamut information]
Next, an example of MPT including color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of MPT including color gamut information. The illustrated MPT includes a descriptor D1 (version) indicating the version of the MPT, a descriptor D2 (MMT_package_id_byte) indicating the package ID of the MMT, and a descriptor D3 (MPT_descriptors_byte) including color gamut information. )It is included.
 そして、記述子D3内には、当該記述子(descriptor)が色域情報に関する記述子であることを示す予め定めたタグdescriptor_tag、当該記述子の長さを示すdescriptor_length、および色域情報のデータ本体であるdata()が記述されている。なお、descriptor_tagの値は、記述子D3に色域情報に関する記述が含まれていることが特定できればよく、例えばデジタル放送における標準規格を定めたARIB STD-B60において、他の記述子を示すものとして使用されていない「0x80F0」の値を用いてもよい。 In the descriptor D3, a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor related to gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of the gamut information Data () is described. Note that the value of descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about color gamut information is included in the descriptor D3. For example, in ARIBARISTD-B60 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors. A value of “0x80F0” that is not used may be used.
 ここで、一般にテレビ放送では、ソースが異なる映像が連続して送信され、このような異なるソースの映像は色域がそれぞれ異なっている可能性がある。そこで、このようなケースに対応するため、制御情報生成部18は、ソースが変化するときには、MPT内の色域情報を更新するとともに、MPTのバージョン情報(記述子D1の値)も併せて更新する。そして、受信機2では、制御情報取得部32が、MPTのバージョンが更新されるたびに色域情報をチェックし、更新があれば色域変換部26に新しい色域情報を伝達する。これにより、映像の変化に応じた適切な色の表現が可能となる。 Here, in general, in television broadcasting, videos with different sources are transmitted continuously, and there is a possibility that videos of such different sources have different color gamuts. Therefore, in order to deal with such a case, when the source changes, the control information generation unit 18 updates the gamut information in the MPT and also updates the MPT version information (value of the descriptor D1). To do. In the receiver 2, the control information acquisition unit 32 checks the color gamut information every time the version of the MPT is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
 図2のMPTでは、data()として、受信した(再生対象の)コンテンツの映像の色域の色度空間上における外縁を示す外縁座標を格納している。しかしながら、data()に記述する色域情報は、受信したコンテンツの色域に関する情報であって、色域変換の要否判定、および変換要の場合の変換の態様の決定に用いることができるものであればよく、この例に限られない。例えば、上記色域情報は、以下の情報の少なくとも何れかを含むものであってもよい。
(1)色度空間または色度平面上における、色域(受信したコンテンツの映像の色域)の外縁を示す外縁座標
(2)受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報
(3)受信したコンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報
(4)受信したコンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す対応フォーマット情報(対応規格情報)
(5)受信したコンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す非対応フォーマット情報(非対応規格情報)
 具体例を挙げれば、上記(1)の外縁座標は、[(x,y,z),(x,y,z),…,(x,y,z)]のような形式で記述された、色度空間または色度平面上で表された色域の最外郭の座標であってもよい。外縁座標は、少なくとも3点の座標を含んでいればよい。
In the MPT of FIG. 2, outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge in the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received (reproduced) content are stored as data (). However, the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
(1) Outer coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut (the color gamut of the video of the received content) on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane, and (2) the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane; Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to the area on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut (3) A color gamut of received content is a comparison target with the color gamut Information indicating the degree of going out of the predetermined color gamut (4) Corresponding format information (corresponding standard information) indicating the color gamut format (video standard) in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the received content is defined )
(5) Non-compliant format information (non-compliant standard information) indicating a gamut format (video standard) in which a gamut that does not include at least a part of the gamut of the received content is defined
As a specific example, the outer edge coordinates in (1) above are described in a format such as [(x, y, z), (x, y, z), ..., (x, y, z)]. The outermost coordinates of the color gamut represented on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane may be used. The outer edge coordinates only need to include coordinates of at least three points.
 また、上記(2)および(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、該色域を受信機2側で認識できるものであればよい。例えば、上記「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、既存の色域フォーマット(映像規格)で定められた色域であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。前者の例としては、上記(2)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.2020の色域を用い、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.709の色域を用いる例が挙げられる。なお、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、受信したコンテンツの色域のはみ出しが生じ得るような色域(受信したコンテンツが取りうる最大の色域よりも狭い色域)である必要がある。また、後者の例としては、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10、OLED(Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4のように、ディスプレイの種類毎に、色域の広さや範囲がどの程度であるかをバージョン番号やレベルの数値によって規定する例が挙げられる。 In addition, the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side. For example, the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut. As an example of the former, the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above, and BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above. An example using the .709 color gamut is given. Note that the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
 上記(2)の面積比情報は、(受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積)/(比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積)のような形式で面積比を示すものであってもよい。また、BT.2020の70%、xvYCC(extended video YCC)の50%のように、比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積に対して受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積の割合をパーセントで示したものであってもよい。 The area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane) The area ratio may be indicated in a form. Also, the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC). The percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
 また、上記(3)の情報は、比較対象として予め定められた色域を示す情報と、その色域外となっている色域の割合を示す情報とを対応付けたものとしてもよい。例えば、受信したコンテンツの色域のn%がBT.709の色域外に存在する場合には、BT.709, n(%)のような形式の情報としてもよい。 Further, the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
 これにより、例えば、BT.709に準拠したディスプレイ28を備えた受信機2に、n%のはみ出しが生じることを認識させることができる。また、nの大小に応じて、変換の態様を変更させることもできる。例えば、nが30~50%の場合のように、はみ出る部分が比較的少ない場合にはクリッピングを適用させ、nが80%以上の場合のように、はみ出る部分が多い場合にはコンプレッションを適用させることも可能になる。なお、上記nは、色度平面上における画素数をカウントして算出してもよい。例えば、上記nは、(上記コンテンツの色域内の画素のうち比較対象の色域外にある画素数)/(上記コンテンツの色域内に含まれる総画素数)×100との数式で算出してもよい。 Thus, for example, it is possible to recognize that n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2 including the display 28 compliant with BT.709. Also, the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible. Note that n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) × 100. Good.
 上記(4)(5)の対応フォーマット情報および非対応フォーマット情報の詳細については、後に図6を参照して説明する。 Details of the corresponding format information and non-supported format information (4) and (5) above will be described later with reference to FIG.
 〔外縁座標を用いた色域変換の例〕
 次に、色域情報として外縁座標(上記(1)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、図3に基づいて説明する。図3は、外縁座標を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。同図の例では、受信したコンテンツの色域フォーマットはBT.2020である。色域情報としては、外縁座標[(x1,y1),(x2,y2),(x3,y3)]を用いている。
[Example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates]
Next, an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates (see (1) above) as color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates. In the example of the figure, the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020. As color gamut information, outer edge coordinates [(x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3)] are used.
 同図の(a)に示すように、ディスプレイ28が表示可能な色域R2はBT.2020の色域R3より狭く、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1のうち、領域R4は色域R2の外にはみ出している。つまり、色域R1は、ディスプレイ28の能力を超えた広い色域となっている。 As shown in FIG. 5A, the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28 is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and among the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content, the area R4 is the color gamut R2. It protrudes outside. That is, the color gamut R1 is a wide color gamut that exceeds the capabilities of the display 28.
 なお、色域R2の外縁は、ディスプレイ28の表示性能に応じて予め決まっているから、色域変換部26は、色域R2の外縁を示す情報(例えば数式)を予め取得しておくことができる。そして、色域変換部26は、外縁座標と色域R2の外縁を示す情報とから領域R4が生じていることを特定することができる。 Since the outer edge of the color gamut R2 is determined in advance according to the display performance of the display 28, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may acquire information (for example, a mathematical expression) indicating the outer edge of the color gamut R2 in advance. it can. Then, the color gamut conversion unit 26 can specify that the region R4 is generated from the outer edge coordinates and the information indicating the outer edge of the color gamut R2.
 そして、同図の(b)では、色域R1をクリッピングして、ディスプレイ28が表示可能な色域R2に収まる色域R1’に変換している。色域変換部26は、色域R2外の頂点(x1,y1)を色域R2内(例えば、頂点(x1,y1)と(x2,y2)を結ぶ線分、あるいは頂点(x1,y1)と(x3,y3)を結ぶ線分と、色域R2の外縁を規定する辺とが交わる点)に移動させることによってこの変換を行うことができる。なお、変換後の映像が不自然なものとならないようにするため、頂点の移動は、領域R1’の形状が、領域R1の形状とできるだけ近いものとなるように行うことが好ましい。 In FIG. 5B, the color gamut R1 is clipped and converted into a color gamut R1 'that fits in the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28. The color gamut conversion unit 26 converts the vertex (x1, y1) outside the color gamut R2 within the color gamut R2 (for example, the line segment connecting the vertices (x1, y1) and (x2, y2), or the vertex (x1, y1)). And (x3, y3) and a point where the line defining the outer edge of the color gamut R2 intersects), this conversion can be performed. In order to prevent the image after conversion from becoming unnatural, it is preferable to move the vertices so that the shape of the region R1 'is as close as possible to the shape of the region R1.
 〔面積比情報を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報として面積比情報(上記(2)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、図4に基づいて説明する。図4は、面積比情報を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。同図の例においても、受信したコンテンツの色域フォーマットはBT.2020である。色域情報としては、BT.2020の色域の面積Mに対する、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域の面積Nに対する比(N/M)を用いている。なお、現状では、BT.2020の色域フォーマットからはみ出るような色域の映像を送信することはできないため、上記面積Mは、最大の色域を示す数値であるとも言える。
[Example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information]
Next, an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information (see (2) above) as color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information. Also in the example of the figure, the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020. As the color gamut information, the ratio (N / M) of the color gamut area N of the received content to the BT.2020 color gamut area M is used. At present, it is impossible to transmit a video image with a color gamut that protrudes from the color gamut format of BT.2020. Therefore, the area M can be said to be a numerical value indicating the maximum color gamut.
 同図の(a)に示すように、ディスプレイ28が表示可能な色域R2はBT.2020の色域R3より狭く、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1は色域R2の外にはみ出している。このように、色域R1が色域R2の外部に大きくはみ出すような場合には、N/Mの値が大きくなる(1に近付く)。よって、色域変換部26は、例えばN/Mの値が、予め設定した閾値(ディスプレイ28の表示性能が高いほど大きい値に設定)を超えているか否かを判定することによって、変換処理の要否を判定することができる。また、色域変換部26は、色域R1のはみ出しの程度、すなわちN/Mの値の大きさに応じて、適用する変換処理を切り替えてもよい。例えば、上記の閾値(閾値Aと呼ぶ)よりも値の大きい閾値(閾値B)を予め設定しておき、B≦N/Mであればコンプレッションを行い、A≦N/M<Bであればクリッピングを行ってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 5A, the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28 is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content protrudes outside the color gamut R2. . In this way, when the color gamut R1 protrudes greatly outside the color gamut R2, the value of N / M increases (approaches 1). Therefore, the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether or not the value of N / M exceeds a preset threshold value (set to a larger value as the display performance of the display 28 is higher), for example. Necessity can be determined. In addition, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may switch the conversion process to be applied according to the extent of the color gamut R1, that is, the magnitude of the N / M value. For example, a threshold value (threshold value B) larger than the above threshold value (referred to as threshold value A) is set in advance, and if B ≦ N / M, compression is performed, and if A ≦ N / M <B, Clipping may be performed.
 同図の(b)では、色域R1をコンプレッションして、ディスプレイ28が表示可能な色域R2に収まる色域R1’に変換している。なお、コンプレッションの程度は、N/Mに応じて決定すればよい(N/Mの値が大きいほど強いコンプレッションをかける)。また、色域変換部26は、色域R1の外縁座標を用いることにより、色域R2に丁度収まるような色域R1’への変換を行ってもよい。この場合には、面積比と外縁座標とを併用することになる。 In (b) of the figure, the color gamut R1 is compressed and converted into a color gamut R1 'that fits in the color gamut R2 that the display 28 can display. The degree of compression may be determined according to N / M (the larger the value of N / M, the stronger the compression is applied). Further, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may perform conversion into a color gamut R1 'that just fits in the color gamut R2 by using the outer edge coordinates of the color gamut R1. In this case, the area ratio and the outer edge coordinates are used in combination.
 さらに、色域変換部26は、コンプレッションとクリッピングの両方を行ってもよい。例えば、コンプレッションを行った後の色域R1’に依然として色域R2の外にはみ出している領域が存在した場合、該領域に対してクリッピングを行って、色域R2内に収めるようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may perform both compression and clipping. For example, if there is a region that still protrudes outside the color gamut R2 in the color gamut R1 ′ after compression, the region may be clipped so as to be within the color gamut R2. .
 〔はみ出した領域の面積の割合を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報としてはみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報(上記(3)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、図5に基づいて説明する。図5は、はみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報を用いた色域変換の一例を示す図である。同図の例においても、受信したコンテンツの色域フォーマットはBT.2020である。色域情報としては、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1の面積に対する、該色域R1のうちBT.709の色域R2’の外にはみ出した色域R4の面積の割合n(%)を示す情報であるBT.709, n(%)を用いている。
[Example of color gamut conversion using the ratio of the area of the protruding area]
Next, an example of color gamut conversion using information (see (3) above) indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding area as color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of color gamut conversion using information indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding region. Also in the example of the figure, the color gamut format of the received content is BT.2020. As the color gamut information, the ratio n (%) of the area of the color gamut R4 that protrudes outside the color gamut R2 ′ of BT.709 of the color gamut R1 with respect to the area of the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content. BT.709, n (%), which is the information shown, is used.
 同図の(a)に示すように、ハイビジョン放送の色域フォーマットであるBT.709の色域R2’は、BT.2020の色域R3より狭く、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1には、色域R2’の外にはみ出した色域R4が生じている。したがって、一般的なハイビジョン放送の表示出力を想定して作られたディスプレイに上記コンテンツを表示させる場合、色域変換が必要になる可能性が高い。 As shown in (a) of the figure, the color gamut R2 ′ of BT.709, which is the color gamut format of high-definition broadcasting, is narrower than the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, and in the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content. A color gamut R4 that protrudes outside the color gamut R2 ′ is generated. Therefore, when the content is displayed on a display that is assumed to be a general high-definition broadcast display output, there is a high possibility that color gamut conversion is required.
 このため、色域変換部26は、n>0である場合、つまり色域R2’の外にはみ出した色域R4が存在する場合には、同図の(b)に示すように、色域R1を色域R2’の内部に収まるように変換して、色域R1’とする。なお、この例では、コンプレッションを行っているが、外縁座標を用いる等して色域R4の位置を特定することができれば、クリッピングを行うことも可能である。また、コンプレッションとクリッピングの両方を行ってもよい。 Therefore, when n> 0, that is, when there is a color gamut R4 that protrudes outside the color gamut R2 ′, the color gamut conversion unit 26, as shown in FIG. R1 is converted so as to be within the color gamut R2 ′ to be a color gamut R1 ′. In this example, compression is performed. However, clipping can be performed if the position of the color gamut R4 can be specified by using outer edge coordinates. Further, both compression and clipping may be performed.
 ここで、コンテンツによっては、同図の(c)に示すように、その色域R1がBT.709の色域R2’よりも狭い(BT.709の色域R2’に包含されている)こともあり得る。この場合、色域R4は存在しないので、n=0となる。 Here, depending on the content, as shown in FIG. 5C, the color gamut R1 is narrower than the color gamut R2 ′ of BT.709 (included in the color gamut R2 ′ of BT.709). There is also a possibility. In this case, since the color gamut R4 does not exist, n = 0.
 色域変換部26は、このような場合には、同図の(d)に示すように、色域R1を色域R2’の内部に収まる範囲内で拡張して、色域R1’としてもよい。これにより、コンテンツの色域を拡張して、ディスプレイ28の性能を最大限まで活用することができる。 In such a case, the color gamut conversion unit 26 expands the color gamut R1 within a range that can be accommodated within the color gamut R2 ′ as shown in FIG. Good. Thereby, the color gamut of the content can be expanded and the performance of the display 28 can be utilized to the maximum extent.
 〔対応フォーマット情報/非対応フォーマット情報〕
 次に、色域情報の1つである対応フォーマット情報(上記(4))と非対応フォーマット情報(上記(5))について、図6に基づいて説明する。図6は、対応フォーマット情報と非対応フォーマット情報を説明する図である。
[Supported format information / non-supported format information]
Next, the corresponding format information (above (4)) and the incompatible format information (above (5)), which are one of the color gamut information, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the corresponding format information and the non-compatible format information.
 図6では色度平面上において、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1、ディスプレイ28に表示可能な色域R2、BT.2020の色域R3、BT.709の色域R5、およびAdobeRGBの色域R6を示している。このように、BT.2020、BT.709、およびAdobeRGBのような色域フォーマットでは、それぞれ固有の色域が規定されている。また、ディスプレイに表示可能な色域R2も予め決まっている。ただし、送信機1側からは、放送を受信する多数の受信機のそれぞれについて、そのディスプレイの色域を特定することは実質的に困難である。 In FIG. 6, on the chromaticity plane, the color gamut R1 of the received content video, the color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display 28, the color gamut R3 of BT.2020, the color gamut R5 of BT.709, and the color gamut of AdobeRGB R6 is shown. Thus, each color gamut format such as BT.2020, BT.709, and AdobeRGB defines a unique color gamut. A color gamut R2 that can be displayed on the display is also determined in advance. However, from the transmitter 1 side, it is substantially difficult to specify the color gamut of the display for each of a large number of receivers that receive broadcasts.
 ここで、一般に、ディスプレイは、準拠する色域フォーマットに応じた性能となるように設計されている。例えば、ハイビジョン放送のコンテンツを表示対象と想定したディスプレイであれば、少なくともBT.709の色域は表示可能に設計されている可能性が高いが、BT.2020の色域については一部が表示できない可能性がある。 Here, in general, the display is designed to have a performance according to a compliant color gamut format. For example, if the display is intended for display of high-definition broadcast content, it is likely that at least the BT.709 color gamut is designed to be displayed, but part of the BT.2020 color gamut is displayed. It may not be possible.
 このため、対応フォーマット情報や非対応フォーマット情報を用いることにより、受信機2側で色域変換の要否を判定し、そして色域変換を行う場合にはその方式を決定することができる。 Therefore, by using the corresponding format information and the non-compatible format information, it is possible to determine whether or not the gamut conversion is necessary on the receiver 2 side, and to determine the method when performing the gamut conversion.
 例えば、図6の例では、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1は、BT.2020の色域R3およびAdobeRGBの色域R6に完全に包含されていて、はみ出しがない。よって、当該コンテンツの対応フォーマット情報として、BT.2020およびAdobeRGBの少なくとも何れかを示す情報を用いてもよい。この情報を受信した受信機2の色域変換部26は、そのディスプレイ28が該情報の示す色域フォーマットに準拠しているか否かを判定することにより、変換の要否等を決定することができる。例えば、対応フォーマット情報の示す色域フォーマットまたはそれよりも色域の広い色域フォーマットに準拠したディスプレイ28を備えていれば、変換不要と判定することができる。一方、そのディスプレイ28が、該対応フォーマット情報の示す色域フォーマットに準拠していないか、またはそれよりも色域の狭い色域フォーマットに準拠していれば、変換が必要と判定することができる。 For example, in the example of FIG. 6, the color gamut R1 of the received content video is completely included in the color gamut R3 of BT.2020 and the color gamut R6 of AdobeRGB, and does not protrude. Therefore, information indicating at least one of BT.2020 and AdobeRGB may be used as the corresponding format information of the content. The gamut conversion unit 26 of the receiver 2 that has received this information can determine whether or not conversion is necessary by determining whether or not the display 28 conforms to the gamut format indicated by the information. it can. For example, if the display 28 conforms to the color gamut format indicated by the corresponding format information or a color gamut format having a wider color gamut, it can be determined that conversion is unnecessary. On the other hand, if the display 28 does not conform to the color gamut format indicated by the corresponding format information or conforms to a color gamut format having a narrower color gamut, it can be determined that conversion is necessary. .
 また、図6の例では、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域R1は、BT.709の色域R5からはみ出しているので、BT.709を示す情報を、当該コンテンツの非対応フォーマット情報として用いることもできる。この非対応フォーマット情報を受信した受信機2の色域変換部26は、そのディスプレイ28が、該非対応フォーマット情報の示す色域フォーマットか、またはそれよりも色域の狭い色域フォーマットに準拠していれば、変換が必要と判定することができる。 In the example of FIG. 6, since the color gamut R1 of the video of the received content protrudes from the color gamut R5 of BT.709, information indicating BT.709 is used as non-compatible format information of the content. You can also. The gamut conversion unit 26 of the receiver 2 that has received the incompatible format information has a display 28 that conforms to the gamut format indicated by the incompatible format information or a gamut format with a narrower gamut. Then, it can be determined that conversion is necessary.
 なお、対応フォーマット情報または非対応フォーマット情報の示す色域フォーマットは、上述の例に限られない。例えば、BT.601、NTSC(National Television System Committee)、sRGB(standard RGB)、xvYCC等であっても構わない。 Note that the color gamut format indicated by the compatible format information or the non-compatible format information is not limited to the above example. For example, BT.601, NTSC (National Television System Committee), sRGB (standard RGB), xvYCC, or the like may be used.
 また、上記(2)(3)に関して説明したように、このような既存の色域を利用する代わりに、独自に設定した基準によって色域を示してもよい。例えば、図6の色域R1が独自に設定した基準によりLCD Level 5に該当すると判定された場合、LCD Level 5を示す対応フォーマット情報を受信機2に送信すればよい。そして、受信機2では、ディスプレイ28がLCD Level 5の色域を表示可能であるか否かにより、変換の要否を判定すればよい。 Also, as described in (2) and (3) above, instead of using such an existing color gamut, the color gamut may be indicated by a uniquely set standard. For example, if it is determined that the color gamut R1 in FIG. 6 corresponds to LCD Level 5 according to a uniquely set standard, corresponding format information indicating LCD Level 5 may be transmitted to the receiver 2. Then, the receiver 2 may determine whether or not conversion is necessary based on whether or not the display 28 can display the color gamut of LCD Level 5.
 なお、図6の例の色域R1を面積比情報で表す場合、例えばBT.2020 65%やAdobeRGB 75%の形式で表すことができる。このように、映像の色域R1が同じであっても、これに対応する色域情報としては、様々な態様の情報を適用することができる。 In addition, when the color gamut R1 in the example of FIG. 6 is represented by area ratio information, it can be represented in the format of BT.2020 65% or AdobeRGB 75%, for example. As described above, even if the color gamut R1 of the video is the same, various types of information can be applied as the color gamut information corresponding thereto.
 〔色域情報の取得処理〕
 次に、色域情報の取得について図7に基づいて説明する。図7は、受信機2で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。まず、制御情報取得部32は、逆多重化部23が出力する信号からMPTを抽出して、抽出したMPTからさらにdescriptor(記述子)を抽出する(S1)。
[Color Gamut Information Acquisition Processing]
Next, acquisition of color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for acquiring color gamut information executed by the receiver 2. First, the control information acquisition unit 32 extracts MPT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted MPT (S1).
 次に、制御情報取得部32は、抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であるか判定する(S2)。具体的には、制御情報取得部32は、抽出した記述子のdescriptor_tagの値が、色域情報に予め割り当てられたタグの値と一致する場合には、当該記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定する。 Next, the control information acquisition unit 32 determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S2). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value previously assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32 uses the descriptor of the color gamut information. It is determined that
 ここで、色域情報の記述子ではないと判定した場合(S2でNO)、制御情報取得部32は、上記MPTに次の記述子が含まれているか判定する(S3)。そして、制御情報取得部32は、含まれていると判定した場合(S3でYES)、S1の処理に戻って次の記述子を抽出し、含まれていないと判定した場合(S3でNO)、処理を終了する。 Here, when it is determined that the descriptor is not a gamut information descriptor (NO in S2), the control information acquisition unit 32 determines whether or not the next descriptor is included in the MPT (S3). If the control information acquisition unit 32 determines that it is included (YES in S3), it returns to the process of S1, extracts the next descriptor, and determines that it is not included (NO in S3). The process is terminated.
 一方、S2において、S1で抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定した場合(S2でYES)、制御情報取得部32は、当該記述子を解析して、これに含まれる色域情報を抽出する。そして、抽出した色域情報を色域変換部26に送信して(S4)、処理を終了する。 On the other hand, when it is determined in S2 that the descriptor extracted in S1 is a gamut information descriptor (YES in S2), the control information acquisition unit 32 analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26 (S4), and the process ends.
 〔色域の変換処理〕
 次に、色域の変換について図8に基づいて説明する。図8は、受信機2で実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、この処理は、図7のS4の処理で送信された色域情報を受信した色域変換部26が実行する処理である。また、ここでは、色域情報として外縁座標が受信された例を説明する。
[Color Gamut Conversion Processing]
Next, color gamut conversion will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26 that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S4 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
 まず、色域変換部26は、受信した色域情報の示す、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域と、ディスプレイ28の色域とを比較する(S10)。そして、映像の色域の方が大きいか否か、言い換えれば映像の色域がディスプレイ28の色域内に収まっているか否かを判定する(S11)。 First, the color gamut conversion unit 26 compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28 (S10). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28 (S11).
 ここで、映像の色域がディスプレイ28の色域内に収まっていると判定した場合(S11でNO)、色域変換部26は、色域変換を行わず(S15)、処理を終了する。この場合、受信したコンテンツの映像は、色域変換がなされることなくディスプレイ28に表示される。なお、S11でNOと判定した場合、色域変換部26は、映像の色域をディスプレイ28の色域に収まる範囲内で拡張してもよい。 Here, when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28 (NO in S11), the color gamut conversion unit 26 does not perform the color gamut conversion (S15) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28 without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S <b> 11, the color gamut conversion unit 26 may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that falls within the color gamut of the display 28.
 一方、映像の色域がディスプレイ28の色域からはみ出していると判定した場合(S11でYES)、色域変換部26は、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいか否かを判定する(S12)。なお、この判定は、例えば、色度平面上において、色域情報として受信した外縁座標から算出した、映像の色域の面積と、同色度平面におけるディスプレイ28の色域の面積とを比較することで行うことができる。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut of the video protrudes from the color gamut of the display 28 (YES in S11), the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S12). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the video gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28 on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
 そして、色域変換部26は、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいと判定した場合(S12でYES)には、当該映像にコンプレッション処理を施してディスプレイ28の色域に収まるようにする(S13)。一方、色域の差異が10%に満たないと判定した場合(S12でNO)には、当該映像にクリッピング処理を施してディスプレイ28の色域に収まるようにする(S14)。これにより、色域の変換処理は終了する。 When the color gamut conversion unit 26 determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S12), the video gamut conversion unit 26 performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28. (S13). On the other hand, if it is determined that the difference in color gamut is less than 10% (NO in S12), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28 (S14). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
 なお、上記の例では、クリッピング処理を行うかコンプレッション処理を行うかの判定の基準を、映像の色域がディスプレイ28の色域より10%以上大きいか否かとしているが、判定の基準はこの例に限られない。 In the above example, the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is whether or not the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28. It is not limited to examples.
 〔実施形態2:変形例〕
 上記実施形態の送信機1は、コンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置としての機能と、デジタル放送信号を送信する送信装置としての機能とを共に備えていた。しかしながら、互いに独立した制御情報生成装置と送信装置との組み合わせによっても、上記送信機1と同様の機能を実現することができる。
[Embodiment 2: Modification]
The transmitter 1 of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmission device that transmits a digital broadcast signal. However, a function similar to that of the transmitter 1 can be realized by a combination of a control information generating device and a transmitting device that are independent from each other.
 〔実施形態3:ソフトウェアによる実現例〕
 送信機1および受信機2の制御ブロック(特に制御部15、多重化部12、暗号化部13、復号部22、逆多重化部23、色域変換部26、表示制御部27、および制御部29)は、集積回路(ICチップ)等に形成された論理回路(ハードウェア)によって実現してもよいし、CPU(Central Processing Unit)を用いてソフトウェアによって実現してもよい。
[Embodiment 3: Implementation by software]
Control blocks of transmitter 1 and receiver 2 (especially control unit 15, multiplexing unit 12, encryption unit 13, decoding unit 22, demultiplexing unit 23, color gamut conversion unit 26, display control unit 27, and control unit) 29) may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
 後者の場合、送信機1および受信機2は、各機能を実現するソフトウェアであるプログラムの命令を実行するCPU、上記プログラムおよび各種データがコンピュータ(またはCPU)で読み取り可能に記録されたROM(Read Only Memory)または記憶装置(これらを「記録媒体」と称する)、上記プログラムを展開するRAM(Random Access Memory)などを備えている。そして、コンピュータ(またはCPU)が上記プログラムを上記記録媒体から読み取って実行することにより、本発明の目的が達成される。上記記録媒体としては、「一時的でない有形の媒体」、例えば、テープ、ディスク、カード、半導体メモリ、プログラマブルな論理回路などを用いることができる。また、上記プログラムは、該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して上記コンピュータに供給されてもよい。なお、本発明は、上記プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 In the latter case, the transmitter 1 and the receiver 2 are a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it. As the recording medium, a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used. The program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
 〔まとめ〕
 本発明の態様1に係る制御情報生成装置(送信機1)は、MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部(17)と、上記色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを生成する制御情報生成部(18)と、を備えている。
[Summary]
A control information generation device (transmitter 1) according to aspect 1 of the present invention is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted by MMT, and the color gamut of the video of the content A color gamut information acquisition unit (17) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut, and a control information generation unit (18) that generates an MMT package table including the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブル(MPT)を生成する。ここで、MPTは、コンテンツと共に受信装置に送信されるものであり、受信装置はMPTを参照しながらコンテンツを再生する。よって、上記の構成によれば、該MPTを受信した受信装置に、該色域情報に応じて該コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させることができる。特に、MPTは、1秒以内程度の短い時間間隔で定期的に送信されるので、コンテンツの変化に概ねリアルタイムで追従して色域を変換させることが可能となる。 According to the above configuration, an MMT package table (MPT) including color gamut information is generated. Here, the MPT is transmitted to the receiving device together with the content, and the receiving device reproduces the content while referring to the MPT. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the MPT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information. In particular, since MPT is periodically transmitted at short time intervals of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change in content in substantially real time.
 本発明の態様2に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様1において、上記色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 2 of the present invention, in the aspect 1, the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれている。よって、上記MPTを取得した受信装置は、該MPTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域がどのような広がりをもっているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the MPT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様3に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様1または2において、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 3 of the present invention, in the aspect 1 or 2, the color gamut information includes, as a comparison target between the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut. Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれている。よって、上記MPTを取得した受信装置は、該MPTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域と比べてどの程度大きいかあるいはどの程度小さいかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, in the color gamut information, the area occupied by the content color gamut on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut occupy on the chromaticity plane. Area ratio information indicating the ratio with the area is included. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the MPT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT is compared with the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 なお、比較対象の色域は、該色域を受信装置側で認識できるものであればよく、例えば既存の色域フォーマットで定められた色域(既存の映像規格で定められた色域)であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。 Note that the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side. For example, the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format (color gamut defined by the existing video standard) There may be a color gamut set independently of the color gamut of the existing color gamut format.
 本発明の態様4に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様1から3の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generating device according to aspect 4 of the present invention, in any one of the aspects 1 to 3, the color gamut information includes a color gamut determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut. Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれている。よって、上記MPTを取得した受信装置は、該MPTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域からどの程度はみ出しているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT can specify how much the color gamut of the content received together with the MPT protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様5に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様1から4の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報(対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 5 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 1 to 4, the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including a color gamut of the content is defined. Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記MPTを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していれば、当該コンテンツの色域を変換することなく表示させることが可能であると判定することができる。一方、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していない、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合には、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT determines that the display of the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
 本発明の態様6に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様1から5の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報(非対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 6 of the present invention, in any one of the above aspects 1 to 5, the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined. Non-compliant standard information (non-compliant format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記MPTを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠している場合、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the MPT has the content displayed when the display on which the content is displayed is compliant with the video standard or the video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard. It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
 本発明の態様7に係る送信装置(送信機1)は、上記態様1から6の何れかの制御情報生成装置と、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したMMTパッケージテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する送信部14と、を備えている。 A transmission apparatus (transmitter 1) according to aspect 7 of the present invention provides the control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 1 to 6 and the MMT package table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. And a transmission unit 14 for transmission.
 上記の構成によれば、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したMMTパッケージテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する。よって、該デジタル放送信号を受信した受信装置に、上記MMTパッケージテーブルに含まれる色域情報に応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the MMT package table generated by the control information generation device is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has received the digital broadcast signal can reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information included in the MMT package table. .
 本発明の態様8に係る受信装置(受信機2)は、MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを受信する受信装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを取得する制御情報取得部(32)と、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する色域変換部(色域変換部26)と、を備えている。 A receiving apparatus (receiver 2) according to an aspect 8 of the present invention is a receiving apparatus that receives content transmitted by MMT, and obtains an MMT package table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content. A control information acquisition unit (32) that performs the conversion, and a color gamut conversion unit (color gamut conversion unit 26) that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを取得して、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、上記の構成によれば、色域情報に応じてコンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、該コンテンツを再生することができる。特に、MPTは、1秒以内程度の短い時間間隔で定期的に送信されるので、コンテンツの変化に概ねリアルタイムで追従して色域を変換することが可能となる。 According to the above configuration, the MMT package table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. In particular, since MPT is periodically transmitted at short time intervals of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change in content in substantially real time.
 本発明の態様9に係るテレビジョン受像機は、上記態様8に記載の受信装置を含んでいる。よって、態様8の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A television receiver according to aspect 9 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 8 above. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving device of aspect 8 are obtained.
 本発明の態様10に係る映像信号伝送システム5は、MMTにてコンテンツを送信する送信装置(送信機1)と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置(受信機2)とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を示す色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信し、上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から上記MMTパッケージテーブルを取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、態様1の制御情報生成装置および態様8の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A video signal transmission system 5 according to an aspect 10 of the present invention is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1) that transmits content using MMT and a reception device (receiver 2) that receives the content. The transmitting device transmits an MMT package table including color gamut information indicating a color gamut of the video of the content to the receiving device together with the content as a digital broadcast signal, and the receiving device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal. An MMT package table is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, there exists an effect similar to the control information generator of aspect 1, and the receiver of aspect 8.
 本発明の各態様に係る制御情報生成装置、送信装置、および受信装置は、コンピュータによって実現してもよく、この場合には、コンピュータを上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置が備える各部として動作させることにより上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置をコンピュータにて実現させる制御プログラム、およびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体も、本発明の範疇に入る。
〔関連する実施形態についての説明I〕
 以下、実施形態4~6について説明する。
The control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer. In this case, each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device. The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
[Description I of related embodiments]
Embodiments 4 to 6 will be described below.
 〔発明を実施するための形態〕
 以下、本発明の実施形態4について、図9~図12を参照して詳細に説明する。まず、本実施形態に係る映像信号伝送システムの構成を図9に基づいて説明する。図9は、映像信号伝送システム5aに含まれる送信機(制御情報生成装置、送信装置)1aおよび受信機(受信装置)2aの要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
[Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]
Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. First, the configuration of the video signal transmission system according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1a and a receiver (reception device) 2a included in the video signal transmission system 5a.
 映像信号伝送システム5aは、送信機1aから受信機2aに映像信号等を伝送するシステムである。映像信号伝送システム5aは、伝送する映像の色域を示す色域情報を当該映像信号と共に送信する点が主な特徴点であり、これによって、映像に応じた最適な色域変換を行うことを可能にしている。なお、現行のデジタル放送では、MPEG-2(Moving PictureExperts Group phase 2)方式のTS(Transport Stream、トランスポートストリーム)フォーマットで信号が送信されている。そこで、本実施形態では、TSフォーマットにて映像信号を伝送する例を説明する。 The video signal transmission system 5a is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1a to the receiver 2a. The video signal transmission system 5a is mainly characterized in that color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is transmitted together with the video signal, thereby performing optimal color gamut conversion according to the video. It is possible. In the current digital broadcasting, signals are transmitted in the MPEG-2 (Moving / Picture Experts / Group / phase 2) TS (Transport Stream) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the TS format will be described.
 送信機1aは、映像信号等の形態でコンテンツを送信する。より詳細には、送信機1aは、放送経路(放送伝送路)にてコンテンツを構成する各パケット(TSパケット)を送信する。一方の受信機2aは、このコンテンツ(放送経路で配信されるコンテンツ)の受信機能を備えていると共に、例えばインターネット等の通信網を介して通信経路で配信されるコンテンツの受信機能も備えている。そして、受信機2aは、これら2つの経路を介して受信した各コンテンツを組み合わせて再生することができる。なお、同図では、受信機2を1つのみ記載しているが、送信機1aは複数の受信機2aに対してコンテンツをブロードキャストする。 The transmitter 1a transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1a transmits each packet (TS packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path). One receiver 2a has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast route), and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication route via a communication network such as the Internet, for example. . And the receiver 2a can reproduce | regenerate combining each content received via these two paths | routes. In the figure, only one receiver 2 is shown, but the transmitter 1a broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2a.
 〔送信機の構成〕
 送信機1aは、図示のように、オーディオエンコーダ10a、ビデオエンコーダ11a、多重化部12a、暗号化部13a、送信部14a、および制御部15aを備えている。また、制御部15aには、エンコード制御部16a、色域情報取得部17a、および制御情報生成部18aが含まれている。
[Configuration of transmitter]
As shown in the figure, the transmitter 1a includes an audio encoder 10a, a video encoder 11a, a multiplexing unit 12a, an encryption unit 13a, a transmission unit 14a, and a control unit 15a. The control unit 15a includes an encoding control unit 16a, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17a, and a control information generation unit 18a.
 オーディオエンコーダ10aは、送信機1aが送信するコンテンツのオーディオ(音声)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12aに出力する。同様に、ビデオエンコーダ11aは、送信機1が送信するコンテンツのビデオ(映像)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12aに出力する。 The audio encoder 10a encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a and outputs the encoded audio (sound) stream to the multiplexing unit 12a. Similarly, the video encoder 11a encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1 and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12a.
 多重化部12aは、オーディオエンコーダ10aが出力したオーディオストリーム、ビデオエンコーダ11aが出力したビデオストリーム、および制御部15aが出力した制御情報を多重化して暗号化部13aに出力する。 The multiplexing unit 12a multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10a, the video stream output from the video encoder 11a, and the control information output from the control unit 15a, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13a.
 暗号化部13aは、多重化部12aが出力する多重化ストリームを暗号化して送信部14aに出力する。そして、送信部14aは、暗号化部13aが出力する暗号化されたデータをパケットとして、デジタル放送信号の形態で放送経路にて受信機2aに送信する。 The encryption unit 13a encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12a and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14a. Then, the transmission unit 14a transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13a as a packet to the receiver 2a through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
 制御部15aは、送信機1aの備える各部の制御等を行う。具体的には、制御部15aに含まれるエンコード制御部16aは、オーディオエンコーダ10aおよびビデオエンコーダ11aを制御してエンコードを行わせる。 The control unit 15a controls each unit included in the transmitter 1a. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16a included in the control unit 15a controls the audio encoder 10a and the video encoder 11a to perform encoding.
 色域情報取得部17aは、送信機1aが送信するコンテンツの色域に関する情報である色域情報を取得し、取得した色域情報を制御情報生成部18aに出力する。色域情報の取得方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、撮影に使用したカメラの機種等から、その撮影で得られたコンテンツの色域は決まるから、撮影に使ったカメラの情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。また、コンテンツに映像処理が施されている場合、その映像処理に用いた機材によって、そのコンテンツの色域が特定されることもある。この場合、映像処理に用いた機材の情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。この他にも、例えば、編集の時点等の任意のタイミングでコンテンツの映像解析を行うことにより、色域情報を取得してもよい。なお、色域情報の詳細は後述する。 The color gamut information acquisition unit 17a acquires color gamut information, which is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18a. The method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited. For example, the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it. Further, when video processing is performed on the content, the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing. In this case, the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing. In addition to this, for example, the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
 制御情報生成部18aは、送信機1aが送信するコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する。この制御情報は、TSではPSI/SI(Program Specific Information / Service Information)と呼ばれるものであり、コンテンツに関する種々の情報が含まれるが、ここでは、PSI/SIのうち、コンテンツのプログラムに関する情報が記述されたPMT(Program Map Table、プログラムマップテーブル)の生成に絞って説明する。 The control information generator 18a generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a. This control information is called PSI / SI (Program Specific Information / Service Information) in the TS, and includes various information related to the content. Here, in the PSI / SI, information related to the content program is described. A description will be given focusing on the generation of the generated PMT (Program Map table).
 このように、送信機1aでは、色域情報取得部17aが色域情報を取得する処理(色域情報取得ステップ)を実行する。そして、制御情報生成部18が上記色域情報を含む制御情報(PMT)を生成する処理(制御情報生成ステップ)を実行する。したがって、このPMTを受信した受信機2aにおいて、該PMTと共に受信したコンテンツをその色域情報に応じた適切な変換を行って(あるいは変換を行わずに)表示させることが可能になる。 As described above, in the transmitter 1a, the color gamut information acquisition unit 17a executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). And the control information generation part 18 performs the process (control information generation step) which produces | generates the control information (PMT) containing the said color gamut information. Therefore, in the receiver 2a that has received the PMT, it is possible to display the content received together with the PMT with appropriate conversion (or without conversion) according to the color gamut information.
 なお、色域情報取得部17aは、送信機1aが送信するコンテンツが切り替わる場合、切り替え後のコンテンツの色域情報を取得し、制御情報生成部18aはこの色域情報を含むPMTを生成する。このように、コンテンツの変化に追従して、異なる色域情報を含むPMTを生成することにより、常に最適な変換によってコンテンツを再生させることが可能になる。 When the content transmitted by the transmitter 1a is switched, the color gamut information acquisition unit 17a acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the control information generation unit 18a generates a PMT including this color gamut information. As described above, by generating a PMT including different color gamut information following the change of the content, it is possible to always reproduce the content by optimal conversion.
 〔受信機の構成〕
 受信機2aは、図示のように、チューナ20a、通信I/F21a、復号部22a、逆多重化部23a、オーディオデコーダ24a、ビデオデコーダ25a、色域変換部26a、表示制御部27a、ディスプレイ28a、および制御部29aを備えている。また、制御部29aには、復号制御部30a、逆多重化制御部31a、および制御情報取得部32aが含まれている。
[Configuration of receiver]
As shown, the receiver 2a includes a tuner 20a, a communication I / F 21a, a decoding unit 22a, a demultiplexing unit 23a, an audio decoder 24a, a video decoder 25a, a color gamut conversion unit 26a, a display control unit 27a, a display 28a, And a control unit 29a. The control unit 29a includes a decoding control unit 30a, a demultiplexing control unit 31a, and a control information acquisition unit 32a.
 チューナ20aは、放送経路にてデジタル放送信号として送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22aに出力する。一方、通信I/F21aは、通信経路にて送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22aに出力する。 The tuner 20a receives the content transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22a. On the other hand, the communication I / F 21a receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decryption unit 22a.
 復号部22aは、チューナ20aおよび通信I/F21aを介して受信したコンテンツが暗号化されていた場合、これを復号して逆多重化部23aに出力する。 When the content received via the tuner 20a and the communication I / F 21a is encrypted, the decryption unit 22a decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23a.
 逆多重化部23aは、復号部22aが出力するデータ(暗号は復号されているが多重化されている)を逆多重化する。そして、逆多重化によって得られた当該コンテンツの各構成要素(コンポーネント)を、当該コンポーネントの種別に応じて処理する。具体的には、逆多重化部23aは、オーディオのコンポーネントはオーディオデコーダ24aに出力し、ビデオのコンポーネントはビデオデコーダ25aに出力し、制御情報は制御情報取得部32aに出力する。 The demultiplexing unit 23a demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22a (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexing unit 23a outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24a, the video component to the video decoder 25a, and the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32a.
 オーディオデコーダ24aは、逆多重化部23aが出力するオーディオコンポーネントを復号してオーディオデータを出力する。同様に、ビデオデコーダ25aは、逆多重化部23aが出力するビデオコンポーネントを復号してビデオデータを出力する。 The audio decoder 24a decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexing unit 23a and outputs audio data. Similarly, the video decoder 25a decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23a and outputs video data.
 色域変換部26aは、色域情報をもとに、色域変換の要否を決定する。また、変換要の場合には、その方式についても決定し、決定した方式でビデオデコーダ25aが出力するビデオデータの色域を変換する。この変換により、ビデオデコーダ25aが出力するビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28aの表示可能な色域の範囲内に収まるようになる。例えば、色域情報から、再生しようとするビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28aの再現可能な色域の内部にあると判定される場合、変換しないことを決定する。一方、ディスプレイ28aの再現可能な色域の外部にあると判定される場合には、外部にある割合などに応じて適切な変換を行う。なお、色域変換部26aは、制御部29a内に設けられていてもよい。 The color gamut conversion unit 26a determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25a is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25a falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28a. For example, if it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28a, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28a, appropriate conversion is performed in accordance with the ratio existing outside. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26a may be provided in the control unit 29a.
 表示制御部27aは、ビデオデータをディスプレイ28aに表示させる制御を行う。また、ディスプレイ28aは、表示制御部27aの制御に従ってビデオデータを表示する。つまり、受信機2aは、放送されるコンテンツの受信機能および再生(表示)機能を備えたテレビジョン受像機である。なお、ディスプレイ28aは、受信機2aに外付けされた外部の装置であってもよい。 The display control unit 27a performs control to display the video data on the display 28a. The display 28a displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27a. That is, the receiver 2a is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) broadcast content. The display 28a may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2a.
 制御部29aは、受信した制御情報に従って受信機2aの備える各部を制御する。具体的には、復号制御部30aは、復号部22aを制御してコンテンツの復号を行わせる。また、逆多重化制御部31aは、逆多重化部23aを制御してコンテンツの逆多重化を行わせる。そして、制御情報取得部32aは、逆多重化部23aが逆多重化することによって出力された制御情報を取得し、制御情報に色域情報が含まれる場合には、この情報を色域変換部26aに出力する。 The control unit 29a controls each unit included in the receiver 2a according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30a controls the decryption unit 22a to decrypt the content. In addition, the demultiplexing control unit 31a controls the demultiplexing unit 23a to perform demultiplexing of content. Then, the control information acquisition unit 32a acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23a demultiplexing, and if the control information includes color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32a converts the information into the color gamut conversion unit. To 26a.
 〔色域情報を含むPMTの例〕
 続いて、色域情報を含むPMTの例を図10に基づいて説明する。図10は、色域情報を含むPMTの一例を示す図である。図示のPMTには、当該PMTのバージョンを示す記述子D11(version_number)と、PMTのプログラムIDを示す記述子D12(program_number)とが含まれていると共に、色域情報を含む記述子D13(descriptor())が含まれている。
[Example of PMT including color gamut information]
Next, an example of PMT including color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a PMT including color gamut information. The illustrated PMT includes a descriptor D11 (version_number) indicating the version of the PMT, a descriptor D12 (program_number) indicating the program ID of the PMT, and a descriptor D13 (descriptor including color gamut information). ())It is included.
 そして、記述子D13内には、当該記述子(descriptor)が色域情報に関する記述子であることを示す予め定めたタグdescriptor_tag、当該記述子の長さを示すdescriptor_length、および色域情報のデータ本体であるdata()が記述されている。なお、descriptor_tagの値は、記述子D13に色域情報に関する記述が含まれていることが特定できればよく、例えばデジタル放送における標準規格を定めたARIB STD-B10において、他の記述子を示すものとして使用されていない「0xF0」の値を用いてもよい。 In the descriptor D13, a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor relating to color gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of color gamut information Data () is described. Note that the value of descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about the color gamut information is included in the descriptor D13. For example, in ARIBDSTD-B10 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors. An unused value of “0xF0” may be used.
 ここで、一般にテレビ放送では、ソースが異なる映像が連続して送信され、このような異なるソースの映像は色域がそれぞれ異なっている可能性がある。そこで、このようなケースに対応するため、制御情報生成部18aは、ソースが変化するときには、PMT内の色域情報を更新するとともに、PMTのバージョン情報(記述子D11の値)も併せて更新する。そして、受信機2aでは、制御情報取得部32aが、PMTのバージョンが更新されるたびに色域情報をチェックし、更新があれば色域変換部26aに新しい色域情報を伝達する。これにより、映像の変化に応じた適切な色の表現が可能となる。 Here, in general, in television broadcasting, videos with different sources are transmitted continuously, and there is a possibility that videos of such different sources have different color gamuts. Therefore, in order to deal with such a case, when the source changes, the control information generation unit 18a updates the color gamut information in the PMT and also updates the version information of the PMT (the value of the descriptor D11). To do. In the receiver 2a, the control information acquisition unit 32a checks the color gamut information every time the PMT version is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26a. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
 図10のPMTでは、data()として、受信した(再生対象の)コンテンツの映像の色域の色度空間上における外縁を示す外縁座標を格納している。しかしながら、data()に記述する色域情報は、受信したコンテンツの色域に関する情報であって、色域変換の要否判定、および変換要の場合の変換の態様の決定に用いることができるものであればよく、この例に限られない。例えば、上記色域情報は、以下の情報の少なくとも何れかを含むものであってもよい。
(1)色度空間または色度平面上における、色域(受信したコンテンツの映像の色域)の外縁を示す外縁座標
(2)受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報
(3)受信したコンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報
(4)受信したコンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す対応フォーマット情報(対応規格情報)
(5)受信したコンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す非対応フォーマット情報(非対応規格情報)
 具体例を挙げれば、上記(1)の外縁座標は、[(x,y,z),(x,y,z),…,(x,y,z)]のような形式で記述された、色度空間または色度平面上で表された色域の最外郭の座標であってもよい。外縁座標は、少なくとも3点の座標を含んでいればよい。
In the PMT of FIG. 10, outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge in the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received content (to be reproduced) are stored as data (). However, the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
(1) Outer coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut (the color gamut of the video of the received content) on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane, and (2) the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane; Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to the area on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut (3) A color gamut of received content is a comparison target with the color gamut Information indicating the degree of going out of the predetermined color gamut (4) Corresponding format information (corresponding standard information) indicating the color gamut format (video standard) in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the received content is defined )
(5) Non-compliant format information (non-compliant standard information) indicating a gamut format (video standard) in which a gamut that does not include at least a part of the gamut of the received content is defined
As a specific example, the outer edge coordinates in (1) above are described in a format such as [(x, y, z), (x, y, z), ..., (x, y, z)]. The outermost coordinates of the color gamut represented on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane may be used. The outer edge coordinates only need to include coordinates of at least three points.
 また、上記(2)および(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、該色域を受信機2a側で認識できるものであればよい。例えば、上記「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、既存の色域フォーマット(映像規格)で定められた色域であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。前者の例としては、上記(2)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.2020の色域を用い、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.709の色域を用いる例が挙げられる。なお、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、受信したコンテンツの色域のはみ出しが生じ得るような色域(受信したコンテンツが取りうる最大の色域よりも狭い色域)である必要がある。また、後者の例としては、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10、OLED(Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4のように、ディスプレイの種類毎に、色域の広さや範囲がどの程度であるかをバージョン番号やレベルの数値によって規定する例が挙げられる。 Further, the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be any as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2a side. For example, the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut. As an example of the former, the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above, and BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above. An example using the .709 color gamut is given. Note that the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
 上記(2)の面積比情報は、(受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積)/(比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積)のような形式で面積比を示すものであってもよい。また、BT.2020の70%、xvYCC(extended video YCC)の50%のように、比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積に対して受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積の割合をパーセントで示したものであってもよい。 The area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane) The area ratio may be indicated in a form. Also, the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC). The percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
 また、上記(3)の情報は、比較対象として予め定められた色域を示す情報と、その色域外となっている色域の割合を示す情報とを対応付けたものとしてもよい。例えば、受信したコンテンツの色域のn%がBT.709の色域外に存在する場合には、BT.709, n(%)のような形式の情報としてもよい。 Further, the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
 これにより、例えば、BT.709に準拠したディスプレイ28を備えた受信機2aに、n%のはみ出しが生じることを認識させることができる。また、nの大小に応じて、変換の態様を変更させることもできる。例えば、nが30~50%の場合のように、はみ出る部分が比較的少ない場合にはクリッピングを適用させ、nが80%以上の場合のように、はみ出る部分が多い場合にはコンプレッションを適用させることも可能になる。なお、上記nは、色度平面上における画素数をカウントして算出してもよい。例えば、上記nは、(上記コンテンツの色域内の画素のうち比較対象の色域外にある画素数)/(上記コンテンツの色域内に含まれる総画素数)×100との数式で算出してもよい。 Thus, for example, it is possible to recognize that n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2a including the display 28 compliant with BT.709. Also, the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible. Note that n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) × 100. Good.
 上記(4)(5)の対応フォーマット情報および非対応フォーマット情報の詳細については、後に図6を参照して説明する。 Details of the corresponding format information and non-supported format information (4) and (5) above will be described later with reference to FIG.
 〔外縁座標を用いた色域変換の例〕
 次に、色域情報として外縁座標(上記(1)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26aは、図3を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図3を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates]
Next, for an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates (see (1) above) as the color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26a performs the same processing as that described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔面積比情報を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報として面積比情報(上記(2)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26aは、図4を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図4を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information (see (2) above) as color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26a performs the same processing as the processing described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔はみ出した領域の面積の割合を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報としてはみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報(上記(3)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26aは、図5を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図5を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using the ratio of the area of the protruding area]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using information (see (3) above) indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding area as the color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26a performs the processing described with reference to FIG. Similar processing is performed. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔対応フォーマット情報/非対応フォーマット情報〕
 次に、色域情報の1つである対応フォーマット情報(上記(4))と非対応フォーマット情報(上記(5))について、色域変換部26aは、図6を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図6を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Supported format information / non-supported format information]
Next, for the corresponding format information (above (4)) and the incompatible format information (above (5)), which is one of the gamut information, the gamut conversion unit 26a performs the same process as described with reference to FIG. Perform the process. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔色域情報の取得処理〕
 次に、色域情報の取得について図11に基づいて説明する。図11は、受信機2aで実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。まず、制御情報取得部32aは、逆多重化部23aが出力する信号からPMTを抽出して、抽出したPMTからさらにdescriptor(記述子)を抽出する(S21)。
[Color Gamut Information Acquisition Processing]
Next, acquisition of color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for obtaining color gamut information executed by the receiver 2a. First, the control information acquisition unit 32a extracts a PMT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23a, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted PMT (S21).
 次に、制御情報取得部32aは、抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であるか判定する(S22)。具体的には、制御情報取得部32aは、抽出した記述子のdescriptor_tagの値が、色域情報に予め割り当てられたタグの値と一致する場合には、当該記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定する。 Next, the control information acquisition unit 32a determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S22). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value previously assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32a uses the descriptor of the color gamut information. It is determined that
 ここで、色域情報の記述子ではないと判定した場合(S22でNO)、制御情報取得部32aは、上記PMTに次の記述子が含まれているか判定する(S23)。そして、制御情報取得部32aは、含まれていると判定した場合(S23でYES)、S21の処理に戻って次の記述子を抽出し、含まれていないと判定した場合(S23でNO)、処理を終了する。 Here, when it is determined that the descriptor is not a gamut information descriptor (NO in S22), the control information acquisition unit 32a determines whether the PMT includes the following descriptor (S23). If the control information acquisition unit 32a determines that it is included (YES in S23), the process returns to S21 to extract the next descriptor, and if it is determined that it is not included (NO in S23). The process is terminated.
 一方、S22において、S21で抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定した場合(S22でYES)、制御情報取得部32aは、当該記述子を解析して、これに含まれる色域情報を抽出する。そして、抽出した色域情報を色域変換部26aに送信して(S24)、処理を終了する。 On the other hand, when it is determined in S22 that the descriptor extracted in S21 is a descriptor of color gamut information (YES in S22), the control information acquisition unit 32a analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26a (S24), and the process ends.
 〔色域の変換処理〕
 次に、色域の変換について図12に基づいて説明する。図12は、受信機2aで実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、この処理は、図11のS24の処理で送信された色域情報を受信した色域変換部26aが実行する処理である。また、ここでは、色域情報として外縁座標が受信された例を説明する。
[Color Gamut Conversion Processing]
Next, color gamut conversion will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2a. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26a that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S24 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
 まず、色域変換部26aは、受信した色域情報の示す、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域と、ディスプレイ28aの色域とを比較する(S30)。そして、映像の色域の方が大きいか否か、言い換えれば映像の色域がディスプレイ28aの色域内に収まっているか否かを判定する(S31)。 First, the color gamut conversion unit 26a compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28a (S30). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28a (S31).
 ここで、映像の色域がディスプレイ28aの色域内に収まっていると判定した場合(S31でNO)、色域変換部26aは、色域変換を行わず(S35)、処理を終了する。この場合、受信したコンテンツの映像は、色域変換がなされることなくディスプレイ28aに表示される。なお、S31でNOと判定した場合、色域変換部26aは、映像の色域をディスプレイ28aの色域に収まる範囲内で拡張してもよい。 Here, when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28a (NO in S31), the color gamut conversion unit 26a does not perform the color gamut conversion (S35) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28a without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S31, the color gamut conversion unit 26a may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28a.
 一方、映像の色域がディスプレイ28aの色域からはみ出していると判定した場合(S31でYES)、色域変換部26aは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいか否かを判定する(S32)。なお、この判定は、例えば、色度平面上において、色域情報として受信した外縁座標から算出した、映像の色域の面積と、同色度平面におけるディスプレイ28aの色域の面積とを比較することで行うことができる。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut of the video protrudes from the color gamut of the display 28a (YES in S31), the color gamut conversion unit 26a determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S32). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28a on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
 そして、色域変換部26aは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいと判定した場合(S32でYES)には、当該映像にコンプレッション処理を施してディスプレイ28aの色域に収まるようにする(S33)。一方、色域の差異が10%に満たないと判定した場合(S32でNO)には、当該映像にクリッピング処理を施してディスプレイ28aの色域に収まるようにする(S34)。これにより、色域の変換処理は終了する。 When the color gamut conversion unit 26a determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S32), the video gamut conversion unit 26a performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28a. (S33). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S32), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28a (S34). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
 なお、上記の例では、クリッピング処理を行うかコンプレッション処理を行うかの判定の基準を、映像の色域がディスプレイ28aの色域より10%以上大きいか否かとしているが、判定の基準はこの例に限られない。 In the above example, the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28a. It is not limited to examples.
 〔実施形態5:変形例〕
 上記実施形態の送信機1aは、コンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置としての機能と、デジタル放送信号を送信する送信装置としての機能とを共に備えていた。しかしながら、互いに独立した制御情報生成装置と送信装置との組み合わせによっても、上記送信機1と同様の機能を実現することができる。
[Embodiment 5: Modification]
The transmitter 1a of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmission device that transmits a digital broadcast signal. However, a function similar to that of the transmitter 1 can be realized by a combination of a control information generating device and a transmitting device that are independent from each other.
 〔実施形態6:ソフトウェアによる実現例〕
 送信機1aおよび受信機2aの制御ブロック(特に制御部15a、多重化部12a、暗号化部13a、復号部22a、逆多重化部23a、色域変換部26a、表示制御部27a、および制御部29a)は、集積回路(ICチップ)等に形成された論理回路(ハードウェア)によって実現してもよいし、CPU(Central Processing Unit)を用いてソフトウェアによって実現してもよい。
[Embodiment 6: Implementation Example by Software]
Control blocks of transmitter 1a and receiver 2a (particularly control unit 15a, multiplexing unit 12a, encryption unit 13a, decryption unit 22a, demultiplexing unit 23a, color gamut conversion unit 26a, display control unit 27a, and control unit) 29a) may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
 後者の場合、送信機1aおよび受信機2aは、各機能を実現するソフトウェアであるプログラムの命令を実行するCPU、上記プログラムおよび各種データがコンピュータ(またはCPU)で読み取り可能に記録されたROM(Read Only Memory)または記憶装置(これらを「記録媒体」と称する)、上記プログラムを展開するRAM(Random Access Memory)などを備えている。そして、コンピュータ(またはCPU)が上記プログラムを上記記録媒体から読み取って実行することにより、本発明の目的が達成される。上記記録媒体としては、「一時的でない有形の媒体」、例えば、テープ、ディスク、カード、半導体メモリ、プログラマブルな論理回路などを用いることができる。また、上記プログラムは、該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して上記コンピュータに供給されてもよい。なお、本発明は、上記プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 In the latter case, the transmitter 1a and the receiver 2a include a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it. As the recording medium, a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used. The program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
 〔まとめ〕
 本発明の態様11に係る制御情報生成装置(送信機1a)は、トランスポートストリームにて送信されるコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部(17a)と、上記色域情報を含むプログラムマップテーブルを生成する制御情報生成部(18a)と、を備えている。
[Summary]
A control information generation device (transmitter 1a) according to an aspect 11 of the present invention is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted in a transport stream, and is a video information of the content. A color gamut information acquisition unit (17a) that acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut and a control information generation unit (18a) that generates a program map table including the color gamut information are provided.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報を含むプログラムマップテーブル(PMT)を生成する。ここで、PMTは、コンテンツと共に受信装置に送信されるものであり、受信装置はPMTを参照しながらコンテンツを再生する。よって、上記の構成によれば、該PMTを受信した受信装置に、該色域情報に応じて該コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させることができる。特に、PMTは、1秒以内程度の短い時間間隔で定期的に送信されるので、コンテンツの変化に概ねリアルタイムで追従して色域を変換させることが可能となる。 According to the above configuration, a program map table (PMT) including color gamut information is generated. Here, the PMT is transmitted together with the content to the receiving device, and the receiving device reproduces the content while referring to the PMT. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the PMT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information. In particular, since the PMT is periodically transmitted at a short time interval of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change of the content substantially in real time.
 本発明の態様12に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様11において、上記色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 12 of the present invention, in the aspect 11, the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれている。よって、上記PMTを取得した受信装置は、該PMTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域がどのような広がりをもっているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様13に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様11または12において、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 13 of the present invention, in the aspect 11 or 12, the color gamut information includes a comparison between the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut. Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれている。よって、上記PMTを取得した受信装置は、該PMTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域と比べてどの程度大きいかあるいはどの程度小さいかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, in the color gamut information, the area occupied by the content color gamut on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut occupy on the chromaticity plane. Area ratio information indicating the ratio with the area is included. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT is compared with the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 なお、比較対象の色域は、該色域を受信装置側で認識できるものであればよく、例えば既存の色域フォーマットで定められた色域(既存の映像規格で定められた色域)であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。 Note that the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized by the receiving device, and is, for example, a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (a color gamut defined by an existing video standard). There may be a color gamut set independently of the color gamut of the existing color gamut format.
 本発明の態様14に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様11から13の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, in any one of the eleventh to thirteenth aspects, the color gamut of the content includes a color that is determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut. Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれている。よって、上記PMTを取得した受信装置は、該PMTと共に受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域からどの程度はみ出しているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the PMT can specify how much the color gamut of the content received together with the PMT protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様15に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様11から14の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報(対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generating device according to aspect 15 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 11 to 14, the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記PMTを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していれば、当該コンテンツの色域を変換することなく表示させることが可能であると判定することができる。一方、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していない、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合には、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the PMT determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
 本発明の態様16に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様11から15の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報(非対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 16 of the present invention, in any of the aspects 11 to 15, the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined. Non-compliant standard information (non-compliant format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記PMTを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠している場合、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the PMT has the content displayed when the display for displaying the content is compliant with the video standard or when the display is compliant with a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard. It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
 本発明の態様17に係る送信装置(送信機1a)は、上記態様11から16の何れかの制御情報生成装置と、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したプログラムマップテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する送信部14aと、を備えている。 A transmission apparatus (transmitter 1a) according to aspect 17 of the present invention uses the control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 11 to 16 and the program map table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. A transmission unit 14a for transmission.
 上記の構成によれば、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したプログラムマップテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する。よって、該デジタル放送信号を受信した受信装置に、上記プログラムマップテーブルに含まれる色域情報に応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the program map table generated by the control information generating device is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received the digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information included in the program map table. .
 本発明の態様18に係る受信装置(受信機2a)は、トランスポートストリームにて送信されるコンテンツを受信する受信装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むプログラムマップテーブルを取得する制御情報取得部(32a)と、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する色域変換部(26a)と、を備えている。 A receiving apparatus (receiver 2a) according to an aspect 18 of the present invention is a receiving apparatus that receives content transmitted in a transport stream, and includes a program map table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content A control information acquisition unit (32a) that acquires the image, and a color gamut conversion unit (26a) that converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むプログラムマップテーブルを取得して、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、上記の構成によれば、色域情報に応じてコンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、該コンテンツを再生することができる。特に、PMTは、1秒以内程度の短い時間間隔で定期的に送信されるので、コンテンツの変化に概ねリアルタイムで追従して色域を変換することが可能となる。 According to the above configuration, the program map table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. In particular, since the PMT is periodically transmitted at a short time interval of about 1 second or less, it is possible to convert the color gamut by following the change of the content substantially in real time.
 本発明の態様19に係るテレビジョン受像機は、上記態様18に記載の受信装置を含んでいる。よって、態様18の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A television receiver according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention includes the receiving device according to the eighteenth aspect. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving device according to aspect 18 are obtained.
 本発明の態様20に係る映像信号伝送システム5aは、トランスポートストリームにてコンテンツを送信する送信装置(送信機1a)と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置(受信機2a)とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を示す色域情報を含むプログラムマップテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信し、上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から上記プログラムマップテーブルを取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、態様11の制御情報生成装置および態様18の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 The video signal transmission system 5a according to the aspect 20 of the present invention includes a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1a) that transmits content in a transport stream and a reception device (receiver 2a) that receives the content. The transmission device transmits a program map table including color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video of the content as a digital broadcast signal to the reception device together with the content, and the reception device transmits the digital broadcast signal. The program map table is acquired from the above, and the color gamut of the video of the content is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, there exists an effect similar to the control information generator of aspect 11, and the receiver of aspect 18.
 本発明の各態様に係る制御情報生成装置、送信装置、および受信装置は、コンピュータによって実現してもよく、この場合には、コンピュータを上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置が備える各部として動作させることにより上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置をコンピュータにて実現させる制御プログラム、およびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体も、本発明の範疇に入る。
〔関連する実施形態についての説明II〕
 以下、実施形態7~9について説明する。
The control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer. In this case, each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device. The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
[Description II of Related Embodiments]
Embodiments 7 to 9 will be described below.
 〔発明を実施するための形態〕
 以下、本発明の実施形態7について、図13~図17を参照して詳細に説明する。まず、本実施形態に係る映像信号伝送システムの構成を図13に基づいて説明する。図13は、映像信号伝送システム5bに含まれる送信機(制御情報生成装置、送信装置)1bおよび受信機(受信装置)2bの要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
[Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]
Hereinafter, Embodiment 7 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. First, the configuration of the video signal transmission system according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (control information generation device, transmission device) 1b and a receiver (reception device) 2b included in the video signal transmission system 5b.
 映像信号伝送システム5bは、送信機1bから受信機2bに映像信号等を伝送するシステムである。映像信号伝送システム5bは、伝送する映像の色域を示す色域情報を当該映像信号に付加して送信する点が主な特徴点であり、これによって、映像に応じた最適な色域変換を行うことを可能にしている。なお、現行のデジタル放送では、MPEG-2(Moving Picture Experts Group phase 2)方式のTS(Transport Stream、トランスポートストリーム)フォーマットで信号が送信されている。そこで、本実施形態では、TSフォーマットにて映像信号を伝送する例を説明するが、映像信号を伝送するフォーマットは、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、次世代の4K/8K放送では、MMT(MPEG Media Transport)フォーマットで信号が送信されることが検討されており、MMTフォーマットにて映像信号を伝送する場合においても、映像信号伝送システム5bを適用することが可能である。 The video signal transmission system 5b is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1b to the receiver 2b. The video signal transmission system 5b is mainly characterized in that color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is added to the video signal and transmitted, so that optimal color gamut conversion corresponding to the video can be performed. Making it possible to do. In the current digital broadcasting, signals are transmitted in a TS (Transport Stream) format of MPEG-2 (Moving Picture Experts Group Phase 2) system. In this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the TS format will be described. However, the format for transmitting a video signal is not limited to this. For example, in the next-generation 4K / 8K broadcasting, it is considered that a signal is transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Even when a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format, the video signal transmission system 5b is used. It is possible to apply.
 送信機1bは、映像信号等の形態でコンテンツを送信する。より詳細には、送信機1bは、放送経路(放送伝送路)にてコンテンツを構成する各パケット(TSパケット)を送信する。一方の受信機2bは、このコンテンツ(放送経路で配信されるコンテンツ)の受信機能を備えていると共に、例えばインターネット等の通信網を介して通信経路で配信されるコンテンツの受信機能も備えている。そして、受信機2bは、これら2つの経路を介して受信した各コンテンツを組み合わせて再生することができる。なお、同図では、受信機2bを1つのみ記載しているが、送信機1bは複数の受信機2bに対してコンテンツをブロードキャストする。 The transmitter 1b transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1b transmits each packet (TS packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path). One receiver 2b has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast path) and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication path via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2b can reproduce | regenerate combining each content received via these two paths | routes. In the figure, only one receiver 2b is shown, but the transmitter 1b broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2b.
 〔送信機の構成〕
 送信機1bは、図示のように、オーディオエンコーダ10b、ビデオエンコーダ11b、多重化部12b、暗号化部13b、送信部14b、および制御部15bを備えている。また、制御部15bには、エンコード制御部16b、色域情報取得部17b、および制御情報生成部18bが含まれている。
[Configuration of transmitter]
As illustrated, the transmitter 1b includes an audio encoder 10b, a video encoder 11b, a multiplexing unit 12b, an encryption unit 13b, a transmission unit 14b, and a control unit 15b. The control unit 15b includes an encoding control unit 16b, a color gamut information acquisition unit 17b, and a control information generation unit 18b.
 オーディオエンコーダ10bは、送信機1bが送信するコンテンツのオーディオ(音声)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12に出力する。同様に、ビデオエンコーダ11bは、送信機1bが送信するコンテンツのビデオ(映像)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12bに出力する。 The audio encoder 10b encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12. Similarly, the video encoder 11b encodes (encodes) the video (video) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12b.
 多重化部12bは、オーディオエンコーダ10bが出力したオーディオストリーム、ビデオエンコーダ11bが出力したビデオストリーム、および制御部15bが出力した制御情報を多重化して暗号化部13bに出力する。 The multiplexing unit 12b multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10b, the video stream output from the video encoder 11b, and the control information output from the control unit 15b, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13b.
 暗号化部13bは、多重化部12bが出力する多重化ストリームを暗号化して送信部14bに出力する。そして、送信部14bは、暗号化部13bが出力する暗号化されたデータをパケットとして、デジタル放送信号の形態で放送経路にて受信機2bに送信する。 The encryption unit 13b encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12b and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14b. Then, the transmission unit 14b transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13b as a packet to the receiver 2b through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
 制御部15bは、送信機1bの備える各部の制御等を行う。具体的には、制御部15bに含まれるエンコード制御部16bは、オーディオエンコーダ10bおよびビデオエンコーダ11bを制御してエンコードを行わせる。 The control unit 15b performs control of each unit included in the transmitter 1b. Specifically, the encoding control unit 16b included in the control unit 15b controls the audio encoder 10b and the video encoder 11b to perform encoding.
 色域情報取得部17bは、送信機1bが送信するコンテンツの色域に関する情報である色域情報を取得し、取得した色域情報を制御情報生成部18bに出力する。ここで、「送信機1bが送信するコンテンツ」には、送信機1bが送信する予定であるコンテンツ、すなわち、放送予定のコンテンツも含まれる。色域情報の取得方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、撮影に使用したカメラの機種等から、その撮影で得られたコンテンツの色域は決まるから、撮影に使ったカメラの情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。また、コンテンツに映像処理が施されている場合、その映像処理に用いた機材によって、そのコンテンツの色域が特定されることもある。この場合、映像処理に用いた機材の情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。この他にも、例えば、編集の時点等の任意のタイミングでコンテンツの映像解析を行うことにより、色域情報を取得してもよい。なお、色域情報の詳細は後述する。 The color gamut information acquisition unit 17b acquires color gamut information that is information regarding the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the control information generation unit 18b. Here, the “content transmitted by the transmitter 1b” includes content that is scheduled to be transmitted by the transmitter 1b, that is, content that is scheduled to be broadcast. The method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited. For example, the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it. Further, when video processing is performed on the content, the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing. In this case, the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing. In addition to this, for example, the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
 制御情報生成部18bは、送信機1bが送信するコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する。この制御情報は、TSではPSI/SI(Program Specific Information / Service Information)と呼ばれるものであり、コンテンツに関する種々の情報が含まれるが、ここでは、PSI/SIのうち、コンテンツの内容に関する情報が記述されたEIT(Event Information Table、イベント情報テーブル)の生成に絞って説明する。なお、次世代の超高精細度テレビジョン放送においては、MH-EIT(MPEG-H Event Information Table)と呼ばれるEITが用いられる。本明細書中における「EIT」との文言には、「現行放送のEIT」及び「MH-EIT」の双方が含まれるものとする。 The control information generation unit 18b generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1b. This control information is called PSI / SI (Program Specific Information / Service Information) in the TS, and includes various information related to the content. Here, information regarding the content of the PSI / SI is described. The description will focus on the generation of the generated EIT (Event Information Table). In the next-generation ultra-high-definition television broadcasting, an EIT called MH-EIT (MPEG-H Event Information Table) is used. In the present specification, the term “EIT” includes both “EIT of current broadcasting” and “MH-EIT”.
 このように、送信機1bでは、色域情報取得部17bが色域情報を取得する処理(色域情報取得ステップ)を実行する。そして、制御情報生成部18bが上記色域情報を含む制御情報(EIT)を生成する処理(制御情報生成ステップ)を実行する。したがって、このEITを受信した受信機2bにおいて、コンテンツをその色域情報に応じた適切な変換を行って(あるいは変換を行わずに)表示させることが可能になる。 As described above, in the transmitter 1b, the color gamut information acquisition unit 17b performs the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step). Then, the control information generation unit 18b executes a process (control information generation step) for generating control information (EIT) including the color gamut information. Therefore, in the receiver 2b that has received this EIT, it is possible to display the content after performing appropriate conversion according to the color gamut information (or without performing conversion).
 なお、色域情報取得部17bは、送信機1bが送信するコンテンツ毎に、各コンテンツの色域情報を取得し、制御情報生成部18bはこの色域情報を含むEITを生成する。このように、コンテンツ毎に、異なる色域情報を含むEITを生成することにより、常に最適な変換によってコンテンツを再生させることが可能になる。 Note that the color gamut information acquisition unit 17b acquires the color gamut information of each content for each content transmitted by the transmitter 1b, and the control information generation unit 18b generates an EIT including this color gamut information. Thus, by generating EIT including different color gamut information for each content, it is possible to always reproduce the content by optimal conversion.
 上記のように、送信機1bは、色域情報を含むEITを送信する構成であるため、従来の構成に変更を行うことなく、色域情報を送信することができる。 As described above, since the transmitter 1b is configured to transmit EIT including color gamut information, the color gamut information can be transmitted without changing the conventional configuration.
 〔受信機の構成〕
 受信機2bは、図示のように、チューナ20b、通信I/F21b、復号部22b、逆多重化部23b、オーディオデコーダ24b、ビデオデコーダ25b、色域変換部26b、表示制御部27b、ディスプレイ(表示部)28b、制御部29b、およびOSD生成部(番組表生成部)33bを備えている。また、制御部29bには、復号制御部30b、逆多重化制御部31b、および制御情報取得部32bが含まれている。
[Configuration of receiver]
As illustrated, the receiver 2b includes a tuner 20b, a communication I / F 21b, a decoding unit 22b, a demultiplexing unit 23b, an audio decoder 24b, a video decoder 25b, a color gamut conversion unit 26b, a display control unit 27b, a display (display). Section) 28b, a control section 29b, and an OSD generation section (program table generation section) 33b. The control unit 29b includes a decoding control unit 30b, a demultiplexing control unit 31b, and a control information acquisition unit 32b.
 チューナ20bは、放送経路にてデジタル放送信号として送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22bに出力する。一方、通信I/F21bは、通信経路にて送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22bに出力する。 The tuner 20b receives content and the like transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22b. On the other hand, the communication I / F 21b receives content and the like transmitted through the communication path and outputs them to the decoding unit 22b.
 復号部22bは、チューナ20bおよび通信I/F21bを介して受信したコンテンツが暗号化されていた場合、これを復号して逆多重化部23bに出力する。 When the content received via the tuner 20b and the communication I / F 21b is encrypted, the decryption unit 22b decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23b.
 逆多重化部23bは、復号部22bが出力するデータ(暗号は復号されているが多重化されている)を逆多重化する。そして、逆多重化によって得られた当該コンテンツの各構成要素(コンポーネント)を、当該コンポーネントの種別に応じて処理する。具体的には、逆多重化部23bは、オーディオのコンポーネントはオーディオデコーダ24bに出力し、ビデオのコンポーネントはビデオデコーダ25bに出力し、制御情報は制御情報取得部32bに出力する。 The demultiplexing unit 23b demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22b (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexer 23b outputs the audio component to the audio decoder 24b, outputs the video component to the video decoder 25b, and outputs the control information to the control information acquisition unit 32b.
 オーディオデコーダ24bは、逆多重化部23bが出力するオーディオコンポーネントを復号してオーディオデータを出力する。同様に、ビデオデコーダ25bは、逆多重化部23bが出力するビデオコンポーネントを復号してビデオデータを出力する。 The audio decoder 24b decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexer 23b and outputs audio data. Similarly, the video decoder 25b decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23b and outputs video data.
 色域変換部26bは、色域情報をもとに、色域変換の要否を決定する。本実施形態においては、EITに色域情報が含まれているため、コンテンツの放送に先立って、当該コンテンツの映像の色域変換の要否を決定することができる。また、変換要の場合には、その方式についても決定し、決定した方式でビデオデコーダ25bが出力するビデオデータの色域を変換する。この変換により、ビデオデコーダ25bが出力するビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28bの表示可能な色域の範囲内に収まるようになる。例えば、色域情報から、再生しようとするビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28bの再現可能な色域の内部にあると判定される場合、変換しないことを決定する。一方、ディスプレイ28bの再現可能な色域の外部にあると判定される場合には、外部にある割合などに応じて適切な変換を行う。なお、色域変換部26bは、制御部29b内に設けられていてもよい。 The color gamut conversion unit 26b determines whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary based on the color gamut information. In the present embodiment, since color gamut information is included in the EIT, it is possible to determine whether or not color gamut conversion of the video of the content is necessary prior to the content broadcast. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25b is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25b falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28b. For example, if it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28b, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, when it is determined that the color gamut is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28b, appropriate conversion is performed according to the ratio of the color outside. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26b may be provided in the control unit 29b.
 表示制御部27bは、ビデオデータをディスプレイ28bに表示させる制御を行う。また、ディスプレイ28bは、表示制御部27bの制御に従ってビデオデータを表示する。つまり、受信機2bは、放送されるコンテンツの受信機能および再生(表示)機能を備えたテレビジョン受像機である。なお、ディスプレイ28bは、受信機2bに外付けされた外部の装置であってもよい。 The display control unit 27b performs control to display the video data on the display 28b. The display 28b displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27b. That is, the receiver 2b is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) content to be broadcast. The display 28b may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2b.
 制御部29bは、受信した制御情報に従って受信機2bの備える各部を制御する。具体的には、復号制御部30bは、復号部22bを制御してコンテンツの復号を行わせる。また、逆多重化制御部31bは、逆多重化部23bを制御してコンテンツの逆多重化を行わせる。そして、制御情報取得部32bは、逆多重化部23bが逆多重化することによって出力された制御情報を取得し、OSD生成部33bに出力するとともに、制御情報に色域情報が含まれる場合には、この情報を色域変換部26bに出力する。 The control unit 29b controls each unit included in the receiver 2b according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 30b controls the decryption unit 22b to decrypt the content. Further, the demultiplexing control unit 31b controls the demultiplexing unit 23b to perform demultiplexing of content. The control information acquisition unit 32b acquires the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23b being demultiplexed, outputs the control information to the OSD generation unit 33b, and includes color gamut information in the control information. Outputs this information to the color gamut conversion unit 26b.
 OSD生成部33bは、制御情報取得部32bが出力する制御情報(EIT)を参照して、電子番組表(EPG:Electronic Program Guide)を示すOSD画像を生成する。上記制御情報に色域情報が含まれる場合、OSD生成部33bが生成する電子番組表には、各コンテンツの色域情報をさらに含めることができる。特に、色域情報が上記EIT内に、後述するようなテキストとして記述されている場合には、各コンテンツの色域情報を、ユーザにとって分かりやすく提示することができる。OSD生成部33bにより生成されたOSD画像は、色域変換部26bから出力されたビデオデータに重畳され、表示制御部27bに供給される。なお、OSD生成部33bは、制御部29b内に設けられていてもよい。 The OSD generation unit 33b refers to the control information (EIT) output from the control information acquisition unit 32b, and generates an OSD image indicating an electronic program guide (EPG: Electronic Program Guide). When the control information includes color gamut information, the electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b can further include color gamut information of each content. In particular, when the color gamut information is described in the EIT as text as will be described later, the color gamut information of each content can be presented in an easy-to-understand manner for the user. The OSD image generated by the OSD generation unit 33b is superimposed on the video data output from the color gamut conversion unit 26b and supplied to the display control unit 27b. The OSD generation unit 33b may be provided in the control unit 29b.
 なお、OSD生成部33bが、逆多重化部23bが逆多重化することによって出力された制御情報を取得する構成としてもよい。上記の場合、OSD生成部33bは、当該制御情報を解析することにより、電子番組表を示すOSD画像を生成するとともに、制御情報に色域情報が含まれる場合には、この情報を色域変換部26bに出力するように構成としてもよい。上記の場合には、従来の構成に対して新たな構成を付加することなく、最小限の変更により制御情報取得部を実現することができる。 Note that the OSD generation unit 33b may acquire the control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23b performing demultiplexing. In the above case, the OSD generation unit 33b analyzes the control information to generate an OSD image indicating an electronic program guide. When the control information includes color gamut information, the OSD generation unit 33b converts the information into color gamut conversion. It is good also as a structure so that it may output to the part 26b. In the above case, the control information acquisition unit can be realized with a minimum change without adding a new configuration to the conventional configuration.
 〔色域情報を含むEITの例〕
 続いて、色域情報を含むEITの例を図14に基づいて説明する。図14(a)は、色域情報を含むEITの一例を示す図である。図示のEITには、当該EITのバージョンを示す記述子D21(version_number)と、EITのサービスIDを示す記述子D22(service_id)とが含まれていると共に、色域情報を含む記述子D23(descriptor())が含まれている。
[Example of EIT including color gamut information]
Next, an example of EIT including color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14A is a diagram illustrating an example of an EIT including color gamut information. The illustrated EIT includes a descriptor D21 (version_number) indicating the version of the EIT and a descriptor D22 (service_id) indicating the service ID of the EIT, and a descriptor D23 (descriptor) including color gamut information. ())It is included.
 そして、記述子D23内には、当該記述子(descriptor)が色域情報に関する記述子であることを示す予め定めたタグdescriptor_tag、当該記述子の長さを示すdescriptor_length、および色域情報のデータ本体であるdata()が記述されている。なお、descriptor_tagの値は、記述子D23に色域情報に関する記述が含まれていることが特定できればよく、例えばデジタル放送における標準規格を定めたARIB STD-B10において、他の記述子を示すものとして使用されていない「0xF0」の値を用いてもよい。 In the descriptor D23, a predetermined tag descriptor_tag indicating that the descriptor (descriptor) is a descriptor relating to color gamut information, a descriptor_length indicating the length of the descriptor, and a data body of color gamut information Data () is described. Note that the value of descriptor_tag only needs to be able to specify that the description about color gamut information is included in the descriptor D23. For example, in ARIB STD-B10 that defines the standard for digital broadcasting, it indicates other descriptors. An unused value of “0xF0” may be used.
 ここで、一般にテレビ放送では、ソースが異なる映像が連続して送信され、このような異なるソースの映像は色域がそれぞれ異なっている可能性がある。そこで、このようなケースに対応するため、制御情報生成部18bは、ソースが変化するときには、EIT内の色域情報を更新するとともに、EITのバージョン情報(記述子D21の値)も併せて更新する。そして、受信機2bでは、制御情報取得部32bが、EITのバージョンが更新されるたびに色域情報をチェックし、更新があれば色域変換部26bに新しい色域情報を伝達する。これにより、映像の変化に応じた適切な色の表現が可能となる。 Here, in general, in television broadcasting, videos with different sources are transmitted continuously, and there is a possibility that videos of such different sources have different color gamuts. Therefore, in order to deal with such a case, the control information generation unit 18b updates the color gamut information in the EIT when the source changes, and also updates the EIT version information (value of the descriptor D21). To do. In the receiver 2b, the control information acquisition unit 32b checks the color gamut information every time the EIT version is updated, and if there is an update, transmits the new color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26b. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
 図14(a)のEITでは、data()として、受信した(再生対象の)コンテンツの映像の色域の色度空間上における外縁を示す外縁座標を格納している。しかしながら、data()に記述する色域情報は、受信したコンテンツの色域に関する情報であって、色域変換の要否判定、および変換要の場合の変換の態様の決定に用いることができるものであればよく、この例に限られない。例えば、上記色域情報は、以下の情報の少なくとも何れかを含むものであってもよい。
(1)色度空間または色度平面上における、色域(受信したコンテンツの映像の色域)の外縁を示す外縁座標
(2)受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報
(3)受信したコンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報
(4)受信したコンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す対応フォーマット情報(対応規格情報)
(5)受信したコンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す非対応フォーマット情報(非対応規格情報)
 具体例を挙げれば、上記(1)の外縁座標は、[(x,y,z),(x,y,z),…,(x,y,z)]のような形式で記述された、色度空間または色度平面上で表された色域の最外郭の座標であってもよい。外縁座標は、少なくとも3点の座標を含んでいればよい。
In the EIT of FIG. 14A, the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge on the chromaticity space of the color gamut of the video of the received (reproduced) content are stored as data (). However, the color gamut information described in data () is information related to the color gamut of the received content, and can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine the mode of conversion when conversion is necessary. However, the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
(1) Outer coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut (the color gamut of the video of the received content) on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane, and (2) the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane; Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to the area on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut (3) A color gamut of received content is a comparison target with the color gamut Information indicating the degree of going out of the predetermined color gamut (4) Corresponding format information (corresponding standard information) indicating the color gamut format (video standard) in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the received content is defined )
(5) Non-compliant format information (non-compliant standard information) indicating a gamut format (video standard) in which a gamut that does not include at least a part of the gamut of the received content is defined
As a specific example, the outer edge coordinates in (1) above are described in a format such as [(x, y, z), (x, y, z), ..., (x, y, z)]. The outermost coordinates of the color gamut represented on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane may be used. The outer edge coordinates only need to include coordinates of at least three points.
 また、上記(2)および(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、該色域を受信機2側で認識できるものであればよい。例えば、上記「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、既存の色域フォーマット(映像規格)で定められた色域であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。前者の例としては、上記(2)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.2020の色域を用い、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.709の色域を用いる例が挙げられる。なお、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、受信したコンテンツの色域のはみ出しが生じ得るような色域(受信したコンテンツが取りうる最大の色域よりも狭い色域)である必要がある。また、後者の例としては、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10、OLED(Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4のように、ディスプレイの種類毎に、色域の広さや範囲がどの程度であるかをバージョン番号やレベルの数値によって規定する例が挙げられる。 In addition, the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side. For example, the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut. As an example of the former, the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above, and BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above. An example using the .709 color gamut is given. Note that the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
 上記(2)の面積比情報は、(受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積)/(比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積)のような形式で面積比を示すものであってもよい。また、BT.2020の70%、xvYCC(extended video YCC)の50%のように、比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積に対して受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積の割合をパーセントで示したものであってもよい。 The area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane) The area ratio may be indicated in a form. Also, the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC). The percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
 また、上記(3)の情報は、比較対象として予め定められた色域を示す情報と、その色域外となっている色域の割合を示す情報とを対応付けたものとしてもよい。例えば、受信したコンテンツの色域のn%がBT.709の色域外に存在する場合には、BT.709, n(%)のような形式の情報としてもよい。 Further, the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
 これにより、例えば、BT.709に準拠したディスプレイ28bを備えた受信機2bに、n%のはみ出しが生じることを認識させることができる。また、nの大小に応じて、変換の態様を変更させることもできる。例えば、nが30~50%の場合のように、はみ出る部分が比較的少ない場合にはクリッピングを適用させ、nが80%以上の場合のように、はみ出る部分が多い場合にはコンプレッションを適用させることも可能になる。なお、上記nは、色度平面上における画素数をカウントして算出してもよい。例えば、上記nは、(上記コンテンツの色域内の画素のうち比較対象の色域外にある画素数)/(上記コンテンツの色域内に含まれる総画素数)×100との数式で算出してもよい。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to recognize that n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2b including the display 28b compliant with BT.709. Also, the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible. Note that n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) × 100. Good.
 上記(4)(5)の対応フォーマット情報および非対応フォーマット情報の詳細については、後に図6を参照して説明する。 Details of the corresponding format information and non-supported format information (4) and (5) above will be described later with reference to FIG.
 図14(b)は、図14(a)に示すEITにおける色域情報を含む記述子D23の他の一例を示す図である。図14(b)に示す例においては、記述子D23内のdescriptor_tagの値として、拡張形式イベント記述子であることを示す「0x4E」が記述されている。拡張形式イベント記述子には、コンテンツに関する詳細な情報がテキストとして記述される。そのため、図14(b)に示すように、色域情報(上記(1)~(5)に示す情報)を示すテキストを、記述子D23内のtext_charに記述する構成としてもよい。図14(b)に示す例においては、上記(2)に示す面積比情報を示すテキスト「BT.2020 80%」が記述されており、制御情報取得部32bは、当該テキストを解析することにより色域情報を取得する。なお、text_charに記述されているテキストに、例えば、「#」などのような予め定められたハッシュタグを付して記述する構成とすれば、当該テキストが色域情報を示すテキストであるか否かの判定を容易にすることができる。 FIG. 14B is a diagram showing another example of the descriptor D23 including the color gamut information in the EIT shown in FIG. In the example shown in FIG. 14B, “0x4E” indicating an extended event descriptor is described as the value of descriptor_tag in the descriptor D23. In the extended event descriptor, detailed information regarding the content is described as text. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14B, the text indicating the color gamut information (information shown in the above (1) to (5)) may be described in the text_char in the descriptor D23. In the example shown in FIG. 14 (b), the text “BT.2020 80%” indicating the area ratio information shown in (2) is described, and the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the text. Get color gamut information. Note that if the text described in text_char is described with a predetermined hash tag such as “#”, for example, whether or not the text indicates color gamut information. Such a determination can be facilitated.
 なお、本例では、拡張形式イベント記述子のテキスト領域で説明したが、短形式イベント記述子descriptor_tag「0x4E」のテキスト領域も同様に使うことができる。 In this example, the text area of the extended event descriptor has been described. However, the text area of the short event descriptor descriptor_tag “0x4E” can be used in the same manner.
 〔外縁座標を用いた色域変換の例〕
 次に、色域情報として外縁座標(上記(1)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26bは、図3を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図3を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates]
Next, for an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates (see (1) above) as the color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26b performs the same processing as that described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔面積比情報を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報として面積比情報(上記(2)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26bは、図4を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図4を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information (see (2) above) as color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26b performs the same processing as that described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔はみ出した領域の面積の割合を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報としてはみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報(上記(3)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26bは、図5を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図5を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using the ratio of the area of the protruding area]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using information (see (3) above) indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding area as the color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26b performs the processing described with reference to FIG. Similar processing is performed. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔対応フォーマット情報/非対応フォーマット情報〕
 次に、色域情報の1つである対応フォーマット情報(上記(4))と非対応フォーマット情報(上記(5))について、色域変換部26bは、図6を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図6を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Supported format information / non-supported format information]
Next, for the corresponding format information (above (4)) and the non-corresponding format information (above (5)) which is one of the gamut information, the gamut conversion unit 26b performs the same process as described with reference to FIG. Perform the process. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔色域情報の取得処理〕
 次に、色域情報の取得について図15に基づいて説明する。図15は、受信機2bで実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、ここでは、色域情報が記述子D23内のdata()に記述されている例(図14(a)を参照)を説明する。まず、制御情報取得部32bは、逆多重化部23bが出力する信号からEITを抽出して、抽出したEITからさらにdescriptor(記述子)を抽出する(S41)。
[Color Gamut Information Acquisition Processing]
Next, acquisition of color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for obtaining color gamut information executed by the receiver 2b. Here, an example (see FIG. 14A) in which the color gamut information is described in data () in the descriptor D23 will be described. First, the control information acquisition unit 32b extracts EIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23b, and further extracts a descriptor (descriptor) from the extracted EIT (S41).
 次に、制御情報取得部32bは、抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であるか判定する(S42)。具体的には、制御情報取得部32bは、抽出した記述子のdescriptor_tagの値が、色域情報に予め割り当てられたタグの値と一致する場合には、当該記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定する。 Next, the control information acquisition unit 32b determines whether the extracted descriptor is a gamut information descriptor (S42). Specifically, when the descriptor_tag value of the extracted descriptor matches the tag value pre-assigned to the color gamut information, the control information acquisition unit 32b determines that the descriptor is the color gamut information descriptor. It is determined that
 ここで、色域情報の記述子ではないと判定した場合(S42でNO)、制御情報取得部32bは、上記EITに次の記述子が含まれているか判定する(S43)。そして、制御情報取得部32bは、含まれていると判定した場合(S43でYES)、S41の処理に戻って次の記述子を抽出し、含まれていないと判定した場合(S43でNO)、処理を終了する。 Here, when it is determined that the descriptor is not a gamut information descriptor (NO in S42), the control information acquisition unit 32b determines whether or not the following descriptor is included in the EIT (S43). If the control information acquisition unit 32b determines that it is included (YES in S43), it returns to the process of S41, extracts the next descriptor, and determines that it is not included (NO in S43). The process is terminated.
 一方、S42において、S41で抽出した記述子が色域情報の記述子であると判定した場合(S42でYES)、制御情報取得部32bは、当該記述子を解析して、これに含まれる色域情報を抽出する。そして、抽出した色域情報を色域変換部26bに送信して(S44)、処理を終了する。 On the other hand, if it is determined in S42 that the descriptor extracted in S41 is a gamut information descriptor (YES in S42), the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the descriptor and includes the color included in the descriptor. Extract region information. Then, the extracted color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26b (S44), and the process ends.
 なお、色域情報が記述子D23内のtext_charに記述されている場合(図14(b)を参照)、S42のステップにおいて、制御情報取得部32bは、抽出した記述子を解析して、当該記述子に色域情報を示すテキストが含まれているか判定する構成とすればよい。 If the color gamut information is described in text_char in the descriptor D23 (see FIG. 14B), in step S42, the control information acquisition unit 32b analyzes the extracted descriptor and The descriptor may be configured to determine whether text indicating color gamut information is included.
 〔色域の変換処理〕
 次に、色域の変換について図16に基づいて説明する。図16は、受信機2bで実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、この処理は、図15のS44の処理で送信された色域情報を受信した色域変換部26bが実行する処理である。また、ここでは、色域情報として外縁座標が受信された例を説明する。
[Color Gamut Conversion Processing]
Next, color gamut conversion will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2b. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26b that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S44 of FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
 まず、色域変換部26bは、受信した色域情報の示す、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域と、ディスプレイ28bの色域とを比較する(S50)。そして、映像の色域の方が大きいか否か、言い換えれば映像の色域がディスプレイ28bの色域内に収まっているか否かを判定する(S51)。 First, the color gamut conversion unit 26b compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28b (S50). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28b (S51).
 ここで、映像の色域がディスプレイ28bの色域内に収まっていると判定した場合(S51でNO)、色域変換部26bは、色域変換を行わず(S55)、処理を終了する。この場合、受信したコンテンツの映像は、色域変換がなされることなくディスプレイ28bに表示される。なお、S51でNOと判定した場合、色域変換部26bは、映像の色域をディスプレイ28bの色域に収まる範囲内で拡張してもよい。 Here, when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28b (NO in S51), the color gamut conversion unit 26b does not perform the color gamut conversion (S55) and ends the process. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28b without being subjected to color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S51, the color gamut conversion unit 26b may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28b.
 一方、映像の色域がディスプレイ28bの色域からはみ出していると判定した場合(S51でYES)、色域変換部26bは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいか否かを判定する(S52)。なお、この判定は、例えば、色度平面上において、色域情報として受信した外縁座標から算出した、映像の色域の面積と、同色度平面におけるディスプレイ28bの色域の面積とを比較することで行うことができる。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the color gamut of the video protrudes from the color gamut of the display 28b (YES in S51), the color gamut conversion unit 26b determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S52). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28b on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
 そして、色域変換部26bは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいと判定した場合(S52でYES)には、当該映像にコンプレッション処理を施してディスプレイ28bの色域に収まるようにする(S53)。一方、色域の差異が10%に満たないと判定した場合(S52でNO)には、当該映像にクリッピング処理を施してディスプレイ28bの色域に収まるようにする(S54)。これにより、色域の変換処理は終了する。 When the color gamut conversion unit 26b determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S52), the video gamut conversion unit 26b performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28b. (S53). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S52), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28b (S54). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
 なお、上記の例では、クリッピング処理を行うかコンプレッション処理を行うかの判定の基準を、映像の色域がディスプレイ28bの色域より10%以上大きいか否かとしているが、判定の基準はこの例に限られない。 In the above example, the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is based on whether or not the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28b. It is not limited to examples.
 〔受信機2における電子番組表〕
 続いて、受信機2bにおける電子番組表について、図17を参照して説明する。図17は、受信機2bのOSD生成部33bが、色域情報を含むEITを参照して生成する電子番組表の一例を示す図である。図17に示すように、OSD生成部33bが生成する電子番組表は、コンテンツのチャンネルを示す軸と、時間を示す軸とによって張られる二次元面に、各コンテンツを示すセルが配置されている。図17に示すように、電子番組表のセルの何れかをフォーカスする操作が行われると、当該セルに対応したコンテンツに関する情報がクローズアップされて表示される。コンテンツに関する情報としては、例えば、番組名、放送時間、出演者、及び当該コンテンツの内容を示すテキストなどが挙げられる。
[Electronic program guide in receiver 2]
Next, the electronic program guide in the receiver 2b will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of an electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b of the receiver 2b with reference to an EIT including color gamut information. As shown in FIG. 17, in the electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b, cells indicating each content are arranged on a two-dimensional plane spanned by an axis indicating the content channel and an axis indicating the time. . As shown in FIG. 17, when an operation for focusing on one of the cells of the electronic program guide is performed, information related to the content corresponding to the cell is displayed in close-up. Examples of the information related to the content include a program name, a broadcast time, a performer, and text indicating the content.
 本実施形態においては、EITに色域情報が含まれる構成を採用している。そのため、本実施形態では、OSD生成部33bが生成する電子番組表において、各コンテンツの色域情報を提示することができる。図17に示すように、各コンテンツに関する情報として、番組名、放送時間、出演者、及び当該コンテンツの内容を示すテキストに加え、当該コンテンツの色域情報を示すテキストである「BT.2020 80%」がさらに提示されている。 In the present embodiment, a configuration in which color gamut information is included in the EIT is adopted. Therefore, in this embodiment, the color gamut information of each content can be presented in the electronic program guide generated by the OSD generation unit 33b. As shown in FIG. 17, in addition to the program name, the broadcast time, the performers, and the text indicating the content of the content, the information related to each content is the text “BT.2020 情報 80% Is further presented.
 なお、EITに含まれる色域情報に応じて、電子番組表における各セルの色を変更することにより、ユーザに各コンテンツの色域情報を提示する構成としてもよい。 In addition, it is good also as a structure which shows the color gamut information of each content to a user by changing the color of each cell in an electronic program guide according to the color gamut information contained in EIT.
 〔実施形態8:変形例〕
 上記実施形態の送信機1bは、コンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置としての機能と、デジタル放送信号を送信する送信装置としての機能とを共に備えていた。しかしながら、互いに独立した制御情報生成装置と送信装置との組み合わせによっても、上記送信機1bと同様の機能を実現することができる。
[Embodiment 8: Modification]
The transmitter 1b of the above embodiment has both a function as a control information generating device that generates control information for reproducing content and a function as a transmitting device that transmits a digital broadcast signal. However, the function similar to the said transmitter 1b is realizable also with the combination of the control information generation apparatus and transmission apparatus which were mutually independent.
 〔実施形態9:ソフトウェアによる実現例〕
 送信機1bおよび受信機2bの制御ブロック(特に制御部15b、多重化部12b、暗号化部13b、復号部22b、逆多重化部23b、色域変換部26b、表示制御部27b、および制御部29b)は、集積回路(ICチップ)等に形成された論理回路(ハードウェア)によって実現してもよいし、CPU(Central Processing Unit)を用いてソフトウェアによって実現してもよい。
[Embodiment 9: Implementation by software]
Control blocks of transmitter 1b and receiver 2b (particularly control unit 15b, multiplexing unit 12b, encryption unit 13b, decryption unit 22b, demultiplexing unit 23b, color gamut conversion unit 26b, display control unit 27b, and control unit) 29b) may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
 後者の場合、送信機1bおよび受信機2bは、各機能を実現するソフトウェアであるプログラムの命令を実行するCPU、上記プログラムおよび各種データがコンピュータ(またはCPU)で読み取り可能に記録されたROM(Read Only Memory)または記憶装置(これらを「記録媒体」と称する)、上記プログラムを展開するRAM(Random Access Memory)などを備えている。そして、コンピュータ(またはCPU)が上記プログラムを上記記録媒体から読み取って実行することにより、本発明の目的が達成される。上記記録媒体としては、「一時的でない有形の媒体」、例えば、テープ、ディスク、カード、半導体メモリ、プログラマブルな論理回路などを用いることができる。また、上記プログラムは、該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して上記コンピュータに供給されてもよい。なお、本発明は、上記プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 In the latter case, the transmitter 1b and the receiver 2b include a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and a ROM (Read that records the above-described program and various data so that the computer (or CPU) can read them. Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as “recording media”), RAM (Random Access Memory) for expanding the program, and the like. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it. As the recording medium, a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used. The program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
 〔まとめ〕
 本発明の態様21に係る制御情報生成装置(送信機1b)は、デジタル放送において送信されるコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部(17b)と、上記色域情報を含むイベント情報テーブルを生成する制御情報生成部(18b)と、を備えている。
[Summary]
A control information generation device (transmitter 1b) according to aspect 21 of the present invention is a control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted in digital broadcasting, and the color gamut of the video of the content A color gamut information acquisition unit (17b) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut, and a control information generation unit (18b) that generates an event information table including the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報を含むイベント情報テーブル(EIT)を生成する。ここで、EITは、デジタル放送信号に付加されて送信されるものであり、受信装置において電子番組表を生成する際に参照されるものである。すなわち、上記の構成によれば、該EITを受信した受信装置に、該受信装置が再生するコンテンツの色域情報を、該コンテンツの再生に先立って提供することができる。よって、上記の構成によれば、該EITを受信した受信装置に、該色域情報に応じて該コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させることができる。また、上記の構成によれば、該EITを受信した受信装置に、該コンテンツの色域情報を含む電子番組表を生成させることができる。 According to the above configuration, an event information table (EIT) including color gamut information is generated. Here, the EIT is added to a digital broadcast signal and transmitted, and is referred to when an electronic program guide is generated in the receiving apparatus. That is, according to the above configuration, the color gamut information of the content reproduced by the receiving device can be provided to the receiving device that has received the EIT prior to the reproduction of the content. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the receiving device that has received the EIT can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content in accordance with the color gamut information. Further, according to the above configuration, the receiving apparatus that has received the EIT can generate an electronic program guide including color gamut information of the content.
 本発明の態様22に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様21において、上記色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 22 of the present invention, in the aspect 21, the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. It may be.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれている。よって、上記EITを取得した受信装置は、該コンテンツの色域がどのような広がりをもっているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how wide the color gamut of the content is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様23に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様21または22において、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 23 of the present invention, in the aspect 21 or 22, the color gamut information includes the area occupied by the color gamut of the content on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut. Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれている。よって、上記EITを取得した受信装置は、該コンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域と比べてどの程度大きいかあるいはどの程度小さいかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, in the color gamut information, the area occupied by the content color gamut on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut occupy on the chromaticity plane. Area ratio information indicating the ratio with the area is included. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the content is compared with the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 なお、比較対象の色域は、該色域を受信装置側で認識できるものであればよく、例えば既存の色域フォーマットで定められた色域(既存の映像規格で定められた色域)であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。 Note that the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side. For example, the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format (the color gamut defined by the existing video standard). There may be a color gamut set independently of the color gamut of the existing color gamut format.
 本発明の態様24に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様21から23の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 24 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 21 to 23, the color gamut information includes a color gamut determined in advance as a comparison target with the color gamut. Information indicating the degree of going out of the area may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれている。よって、上記EITを取得した受信装置は、該コンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域からどの程度はみ出しているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving apparatus that has acquired the EIT can specify how far the color gamut of the content protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様25に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様21から24の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報(対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 25 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 21 to 24, the color gamut information includes a corresponding standard indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Information (corresponding format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記EITを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していれば、当該コンテンツの色域を変換することなく表示させることが可能であると判定することができる。一方、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していない、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合には、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the EIT determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. Can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
 本発明の態様26に係る制御情報生成装置では、上記態様21から25の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報(非対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the control information generation device according to aspect 26 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 21 to 25, the color gamut information includes a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined. Non-compliant standard information (non-compliant format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記EITを取得した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠している場合、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has acquired the EIT, when the display for displaying the content conforms to the video standard, or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, It can be determined that the color gamut of the image needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
 本発明の態様27に係る送信装置(送信機1b)は、上記態様21から26の何れかの制御情報生成装置と、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したイベント情報テーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する送信部14bと、を備えている。 A transmitting apparatus (transmitter 1b) according to aspect 27 of the present invention provides a control information generation apparatus according to any one of aspects 21 to 26 and an event information table generated by the control information generation apparatus as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. A transmission unit 14b for transmission.
 上記の構成によれば、上記制御情報生成装置が生成したイベント情報テーブルをデジタル放送信号に付加して送信する。受信装置は、電子番組表を生成する際に、上記イベント情報テーブルを参照する。すなわち、上記の構成によれば、受信装置に、該受信装置が再生するコンテンツの色域情報を、該コンテンツの再生に先立って提供することができる。よって、該デジタル放送信号を受信した受信装置に、上記イベント情報テーブルに含まれる色域情報に応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the event information table generated by the control information generation device is added to the digital broadcast signal and transmitted. The receiving device refers to the event information table when generating the electronic program guide. That is, according to the above configuration, the color gamut information of the content reproduced by the receiving device can be provided to the receiving device prior to the reproduction of the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received the digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information included in the event information table. .
 本発明の態様28に係る受信装置(受信機2b)は、デジタル放送において送信されるコンテンツを受信する受信装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むイベント情報テーブルを取得する制御情報取得部(32b)と、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する色域変換部(26b)と、を備えている。 The receiving device (receiver 2b) according to the aspect 28 of the present invention is a receiving device that receives content transmitted in digital broadcasting, and acquires an event information table including color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content. A control information acquisition unit (32b) that performs the conversion, and a color gamut conversion unit (26b) that converts the color gamut of the content video according to the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むイベント情報テーブルを、当該コンテンツの再生に先立って取得して、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、上記の構成によれば、色域情報に応じてコンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、該コンテンツを再生することができる。また、上記の構成によれば、該コンテンツの色域情報を含む電子番組表を生成することができる。 According to the above configuration, the event information table including the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the content video is acquired prior to the reproduction of the content, and the color gamut of the content video is determined according to the color gamut information. Convert. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. Moreover, according to said structure, the electronic program guide containing the color gamut information of the said content can be produced | generated.
 本発明の態様29に係る受信装置は、上記態様28において、上記色域情報は、上記イベント情報テーブルにテキストとして記述されており、上記色域情報を示すテキストが含まれた番組表(EPG)を生成する番組表生成部(OSD生成部33b)と、上記番組表生成部によって生成された番組表を表示部(ディスプレイ28b)に表示させる表示制御部(27b)と、をさらに備えていてもよい。 In the reception device according to aspect 29 of the present invention, in the aspect 28, the color gamut information is described as text in the event information table, and a program table (EPG) including text indicating the color gamut information is included. A program guide generating unit (OSD generating unit 33b) for generating the program guide, and a display control unit (27b) for displaying the program guide generated by the program guide generating unit on the display unit (display 28b). Good.
 上記の構成によれば、上記受信装置が、上記イベント情報テーブルを参照して生成する電子番組表に、上記色域情報を含めることができる。特に、上記の構成においては、当該色域情報を示すテキストを、そのまま上記番組表に含めることができるので、各コンテンツの色域情報を、ユーザにとって分かりやすく提示することができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information can be included in the electronic program guide generated by the receiving device with reference to the event information table. In particular, in the above configuration, the text indicating the color gamut information can be included in the program table as it is, so that the color gamut information of each content can be presented in an easy-to-understand manner for the user.
 本発明の態様30に係るテレビジョン受像機は、上記態様28または29に記載の受信装置を含んでいる。よって、態様28の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A television receiver according to aspect 30 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 28 or 29 described above. Therefore, the same function and effect as those of the receiving apparatus according to aspect 28 are obtained.
 本発明の態様31に係る映像信号伝送システム5は、デジタル放送におけるコンテンツを送信する送信装置(送信機1b)と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置(受信機2b)とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を示す色域情報を含むイベント情報テーブルをデジタル放送信号に付加して上記受信装置に送信し、上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から上記イベント情報テーブルを取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、態様21の制御情報生成装置および態様28の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A video signal transmission system 5 according to an aspect 31 of the present invention is a video signal transmission system including a transmission device (transmitter 1b) that transmits content in digital broadcasting and a reception device (receiver 2b) that receives the content. The transmission device adds an event information table including color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video of the content to the digital broadcast signal and transmits the event information table to the reception device, and the reception device receives the digital broadcast signal from the digital broadcast signal. An event information table is acquired, and the color gamut of the content video is converted according to the color gamut information. Therefore, the same operation and effect as the control information generation device of aspect 21 and the reception device of aspect 28 are achieved.
 本発明の各態様に係る制御情報生成装置、送信装置、および受信装置は、コンピュータによって実現してもよく、この場合には、コンピュータを上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置が備える各部として動作させることにより上記制御情報生成装置、送信装置、または受信装置をコンピュータにて実現させる制御プログラム、およびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体も、本発明の範疇に入る。
〔関連する実施形態についての説明III〕
 以下、実施形態10~13について説明する。
The control information generation device, the transmission device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer. In this case, each unit included in the control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device. The control information generation device, the transmission device, or the reception device that is realized as a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
[Explanation of Related Embodiment III]
Embodiments 10 to 13 will be described below.
 〔実施形態10~13の背景技術について〕
 放送の高度化の一環として、従来よりも広い色域を再現することのできる映像信号が提案されている。具体的には、国際電気通信連合が制定したITU-R BT.2020(以下、BT.2020と記載)では、従来使われているITU-R BT.709(以下、BT.709と記載)よりも大幅に広い色域を表現することが可能となった。そして、2014年には、この規格を採用した4K試験放送が開始され、今後も4K/8Kの放送を中心に採用される見込みである。
[Background Technology of Embodiments 10 to 13]
As part of the advancement of broadcasting, video signals capable of reproducing a wider color gamut than before have been proposed. Specifically, the ITU-R BT.2020 (hereinafter referred to as BT.2020) established by the International Telecommunications Union is based on the conventional ITU-R BT.709 (hereinafter referred to as BT.709). It has become possible to express a significantly wider color gamut. Then, in 2014, 4K test broadcasting using this standard was started, and it is expected that 4K / 8K broadcasting will be used mainly in the future.
 ここで、BT.2020のような、広い色域を持った映像信号においては、一部の色は既存のテレビディスプレイでは再現できないことがある。そのため、表示するディスプレイでは、受け取った映像信号を再現可能な色域内に変換する処理が必要となる。 Here, in a video signal having a wide color gamut such as BT.2020, some colors may not be reproduced on an existing television display. For this reason, the display to be displayed needs to convert the received video signal into a reproducible color gamut.
 この処理には大きく分けて2通りの方法がある。一つは、全ての映像信号を色域圧縮して再現可能な領域内に変換する方法(コンプレッション)である。コンプレッションによれば、全ての色の階調を保ったまま再現することができるが、全体として元の信号とはずれた色表現になってしまうという欠点がある。そして、もう一つは、再現可能な色域の外にある映像信号だけを、再現可能な色域内に圧縮する方法(クリッピング)である。クリッピングによれば、再現可能な色域内の信号を正確に表現することができるが、再現可能な色域外にある信号の階調は失われ、不自然な映像になってしまうという欠点がある。なお、このような色域の変換に関する先行技術文献としては、例えば下記特許文献1~3が挙げられる。 There are two main methods for this process. One is a method (compression) of converting all video signals into a reproducible region by color gamut compression. According to compression, it is possible to reproduce while maintaining the gradation of all colors, but there is a drawback that the color expression deviates from the original signal as a whole. The other is a method (clipping) of compressing only a video signal outside the reproducible color gamut into the reproducible color gamut. According to clipping, a signal within a reproducible color gamut can be accurately expressed, but there is a disadvantage that the gradation of a signal outside the reproducible color gamut is lost, resulting in an unnatural image. As prior art documents regarding such color gamut conversion, for example, the following Patent Documents 1 to 3 can be cited.
 〔実施形態10~13の発明が解決しようとする課題〕
 ここで、再生対象が、刻々と変化する放送コンテンツのようなものである場合、刻々と変化するコンテンツに合わせて、色域変換処理も適応的に変える必要がある。しかしながら、上記従来技術では、変化するコンテンツに合わせて色域変換処理を適応的に変えることができないという問題があった。例えば、再生対象が切り替わった後も、切り替え前と同じ色域変換処理が適用され、その結果として再生対象の色合いが不自然に変化するといった問題があった。
[Problems to be solved by the inventions of Embodiments 10 to 13]
Here, when the playback target is something like broadcast content that changes every moment, it is necessary to adaptively change the color gamut conversion processing in accordance with the content that changes every moment. However, the conventional technology has a problem that the color gamut conversion process cannot be adaptively changed in accordance with the changing contents. For example, even after the playback target is switched, the same color gamut conversion processing as that before switching is applied, and as a result, there is a problem that the color of the playback target changes unnaturally.
 また、近時、放送を受信可能な受信装置(テレビジョン受像機など)において、放送経路と通信経路という2つの通信経路を併用したサービス(例えばハイブリッドキャスト)に対応しているものも市販されるようになっている。しかしながら、従来は、ネットワーク通信に対応した受信装置が、通信経路を介して取得した情報を用いてコンテンツを再生することができるという特性を、色域の適応的な変換に利用することは行われていなかった。 In addition, recently, a receiver that can receive broadcasts (such as a television receiver) that is compatible with a service (for example, hybrid cast) that uses two communication paths, a broadcast path and a communication path, is also commercially available. It is like that. However, conventionally, the characteristic that a receiving device that supports network communication can reproduce content using information acquired via a communication path has not been used for adaptive conversion of the color gamut. It wasn't.
 本発明は、上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置に、コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させることができる送信装置等を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to adaptively convert the color gamut of content to a receiving apparatus that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path. An object of the present invention is to provide a transmission device and the like that can be used.
 〔実施形態10~13に係る発明の効果〕
 実施形態10~13に係る発明によれば、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置に、再生するコンテンツに応じてその映像の色域を適応的に変換させることができるという効果を奏する。
[Effects of Inventions According to Embodiments 10 to 13]
According to the inventions according to the tenth to thirteenth embodiments, it is possible to adaptively convert the color gamut of the video according to the content to be reproduced, by a receiving apparatus that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path. There is an effect.
 〔発明を実施するための形態〕
 〔実施形態10〕
 以下、本発明の実施形態10について、図18~図26を参照して詳細に説明する。まず、本実施形態に係る映像信号伝送システムの構成を図18に基づいて説明する。図18は、映像信号伝送システム5cに含まれる送信機(送信装置、制御情報生成装置)1cの要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
[Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]
[Embodiment 10]
Hereinafter, a tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. First, the configuration of the video signal transmission system according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of a transmitter (transmission device, control information generation device) 1c included in the video signal transmission system 5c.
 映像信号伝送システム5cは、送信機1cから受信機(受信装置)2cに映像信号等を伝送するシステムである。映像信号伝送システム5cは、伝送する映像の色域を示す色域情報を、通信経路を介して受信機2cに取得させる点が主な特徴点であり、これによって、映像に応じた最適な色域変換を行うことを可能にしている。なお、次世代の4K/8K放送では、MMT(MPEG Media Transport)フォーマットで信号が送信されることが検討されている。そこで、本実施形態では、MMTフォーマットにて映像信号を伝送する例を説明する。 The video signal transmission system 5c is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 1c to the receiver (receiving device) 2c. The video signal transmission system 5c is mainly characterized in that the color gamut information indicating the color gamut of the video to be transmitted is acquired by the receiver 2c via the communication path, and thereby the optimum color corresponding to the video is obtained. It is possible to perform area conversion. In the next-generation 4K / 8K broadcasting, it is considered that signals are transmitted in the MMT (MPEG Media Transport) format. Therefore, in this embodiment, an example in which a video signal is transmitted in the MMT format will be described.
 送信機1cは、映像信号等の形態でコンテンツを送信する。より詳細には、送信機1cは、放送経路(放送伝送路)にてコンテンツを構成する各パケット(MMTPパケット:MMT Protocol パケット)を送信する。一方の受信機2cは、このコンテンツ(放送経路で配信されるコンテンツ)の受信機能を備えていると共に、例えばインターネット等の通信網を介して通信経路で配信されるコンテンツの受信機能も備えている。そして、受信機2cは、これら2つの経路を介して受信した各コンテンツを組み合わせて再生することができる。なお、同図では、受信機2cを1つのみ記載しているが、送信機1cは複数の受信機2cに対してコンテンツをブロードキャストする。 The transmitter 1c transmits content in the form of a video signal or the like. More specifically, the transmitter 1c transmits each packet (MMTP packet: MMT Protocol packet) constituting the content through a broadcast path (broadcast transmission path). One receiver 2c has a function of receiving this content (content distributed through a broadcast path) and also has a function of receiving content distributed through a communication path via a communication network such as the Internet. . And the receiver 2c can reproduce | regenerate combining each content received via these two paths | routes. In the figure, only one receiver 2c is shown, but the transmitter 1c broadcasts content to a plurality of receivers 2c.
 〔送信機の構成〕
 送信機1cは、図示のように、オーディオエンコーダ10c、ビデオエンコーダ11c、多重化部12c、暗号化部13c、送信部(制御情報送信部)14c、制御部15c、および通信I/F16cを備えている。また、制御部15cには、エンコード制御部151c、色域情報取得部152c、色域情報通知部(色域情報送信部)153c、および制御情報生成部154cが含まれている。
[Configuration of transmitter]
As illustrated, the transmitter 1c includes an audio encoder 10c, a video encoder 11c, a multiplexing unit 12c, an encryption unit 13c, a transmission unit (control information transmission unit) 14c, a control unit 15c, and a communication I / F 16c. Yes. The control unit 15c includes an encoding control unit 151c, a color gamut information acquisition unit 152c, a color gamut information notification unit (color gamut information transmission unit) 153c, and a control information generation unit 154c.
 オーディオエンコーダ10cは、送信機1cが送信するコンテンツのオーディオ(音声)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12に出力する。同様に、ビデオエンコーダ11cは、送信機1cが送信するコンテンツのビデオ(映像)ストリームをエンコード(符号化)して多重化部12cに出力する。 The audio encoder 10 c encodes (encodes) the audio (sound) stream of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1 c and outputs it to the multiplexing unit 12. Similarly, the video encoder 11c encodes (encodes) a video (video) stream of content transmitted by the transmitter 1c and outputs the encoded video (video) stream to the multiplexing unit 12c.
 多重化部12cは、オーディオエンコーダ10cが出力したオーディオストリーム、ビデオエンコーダ11cが出力したビデオストリーム、および制御部15cが出力した制御情報を多重化して暗号化部13cに出力する。 The multiplexing unit 12c multiplexes the audio stream output from the audio encoder 10c, the video stream output from the video encoder 11c, and the control information output from the control unit 15c, and outputs the multiplexed information to the encryption unit 13c.
 暗号化部13cは、多重化部12cが出力する多重化ストリームを暗号化して送信部14cに出力する。そして、送信部14cは、暗号化部13cが出力する暗号化されたデータをパケットとして、デジタル放送信号の形態で放送経路にて受信機2cに送信する。 The encryption unit 13c encrypts the multiplexed stream output from the multiplexing unit 12c and outputs the encrypted stream to the transmission unit 14c. Then, the transmission unit 14c transmits the encrypted data output from the encryption unit 13c as a packet to the receiver 2c through the broadcast path in the form of a digital broadcast signal.
 制御部15cは、送信機1cの備える各部の制御等を行う。具体的には、制御部15cに含まれるエンコード制御部151cは、オーディオエンコーダ10cおよびビデオエンコーダ11cを制御してエンコードを行わせる。 The control unit 15c controls each unit included in the transmitter 1c. Specifically, the encoding control unit 151c included in the control unit 15c controls the audio encoder 10c and the video encoder 11c to perform encoding.
 色域情報取得部152cは、送信機1cが送信するコンテンツの色域に関する情報である色域情報を取得し、取得した色域情報を色域情報通知部153cに出力する。色域情報の取得方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、撮影に使用したカメラの機種等から、その撮影で得られたコンテンツの色域は決まるから、撮影に使ったカメラの情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。また、コンテンツに映像処理が施されている場合、その映像処理に用いた機材によって、そのコンテンツの色域が特定されることもある。この場合、映像処理に用いた機材の情報から色域情報を取得してもよい。この他にも、例えば、編集の時点等の任意のタイミングでコンテンツの映像解析を行うことにより、色域情報を取得してもよい。なお、色域情報の詳細は後述する。 The color gamut information acquisition unit 152c acquires color gamut information, which is information related to the color gamut of the content transmitted by the transmitter 1c, and outputs the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut information notification unit 153c. The method for obtaining the color gamut information is not particularly limited. For example, the color gamut of the content obtained by the shooting is determined from the model of the camera used for shooting, so the color gamut information is obtained from the information of the camera used for shooting. You may get it. Further, when video processing is performed on the content, the color gamut of the content may be specified depending on the equipment used for the video processing. In this case, the color gamut information may be acquired from the information on the equipment used for the video processing. In addition to this, for example, the color gamut information may be acquired by performing video analysis of the content at an arbitrary timing such as the time of editing. Details of the color gamut information will be described later.
 色域情報通知部153cは、色域情報取得部152cが取得した色域情報を受信機2cに通知する。具体的には、色域情報通知部153cは、受信機2cからの要求に応じて、通信I/F16cを介して色域情報を当該受信機2cに送信する。 The color gamut information notification unit 153c notifies the receiver 2c of the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c. Specifically, the color gamut information notification unit 153c transmits color gamut information to the receiver 2c via the communication I / F 16c in response to a request from the receiver 2c.
 制御情報生成部154cは、送信機1cが送信するコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する。この制御情報は、MMTではMMT-SIと呼ばれるものであり、コンテンツに関する種々の情報が含まれるが、ここでは、MMT-SIのうち、コンテンツの映像の出力中に実行されるプログラム(ソフトウェア)に関する情報が記述されたAIT(Application Information Table)の生成に絞って説明する。 The control information generation unit 154c generates control information for reproducing the content transmitted by the transmitter 1c. This control information is called MMT-SI in MMT, and includes various pieces of information related to content. Here, of MMT-SI, the control information is related to a program (software) executed during output of content video. The description will focus on the generation of AIT (Application Information Table) in which information is described.
 なお、MMTによるメディアトランスポート方式を規定しているARIB STD-B60では、TS方式のAITと区別して、MH-AIT(Application Information Table)と呼ばれるAITが規定されている。TS方式のAITとNH-AITとは、descriptor_tagが8ビットであるか、16ビットであるかという点が異なるだけであり、本明細書中における「AIT」との文言には、「TS方式のAIT」及び「MH-AIT」の双方が含まれるものとする。 In addition, in ARIB STD-B60, which defines the media transport system by MMT, AIT called MH-AIT (Application Information Table) is defined in distinction from AIT of TS system. TS format AIT and NH-AIT differ only in whether the descriptor_tag is 8 bits or 16 bits. The term “AIT” in this specification includes “TS format Both “AIT” and “MH-AIT” are included.
 このように、送信機1cでは、色域情報取得部152cが色域情報を取得する処理(色域情報取得ステップ)を実行し、制御情報生成部154cが上記色域情報を取得するための制御情報(AIT)を生成する処理(制御情報生成ステップ)を実行する。そして、送信部14cが上記制御情報を受信機2cに送信する処理(制御情報送信ステップ)を実行し、該制御情報に従って色域情報の送信を要求する受信機2cに対し、色域情報通知部153cが色域情報を通信経路にて送信する処理(色域情報送信ステップ)を実行する。 As described above, in the transmitter 1c, the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c executes the process of acquiring the color gamut information (color gamut information acquisition step), and the control information generation unit 154c performs control for acquiring the color gamut information. A process (control information generation step) for generating information (AIT) is executed. Then, the transmission unit 14c executes a process (control information transmission step) for transmitting the control information to the receiver 2c, and sends a gamut information notification unit to the receiver 2c that requests transmission of the gamut information according to the control information. 153c executes a process (color gamut information transmission step) for transmitting the color gamut information through the communication path.
 したがって、このAITを受信した受信機2cにおいて、該AITと共に受信したコンテンツをその色域情報に応じた適切な変換を行って(あるいは変換を行わずに)表示させることが可能になる。 Therefore, in the receiver 2c that has received this AIT, it is possible to display the content received together with the AIT with appropriate conversion according to the color gamut information (or without conversion).
 なお、色域情報取得部152cは、送信機1cが送信するコンテンツが切り替わる場合、切り替え後のコンテンツの色域情報を取得し、色域情報通知部153cは新たに取得された色域情報を送信する。このように、コンテンツの変化に追従して、異なる色域情報を送信することにより、常に最適な変換によってコンテンツを再生させることが可能になる。なお、上記の例のように、AITを書き換えることなく、送信する色域情報を切り替えてもよいし、送信する色域情報の変更に伴い、当該変更後の色域情報が取得されるようにAITを書き換えてもよい。 When the content transmitted by the transmitter 1c is switched, the color gamut information acquisition unit 152c acquires the color gamut information of the content after switching, and the color gamut information notification unit 153c transmits the newly acquired color gamut information. To do. In this way, by transmitting different color gamut information following the change in the content, it is possible to always reproduce the content by optimal conversion. Note that, as in the above example, the gamut information to be transmitted may be switched without rewriting the AIT, and the gamut information after the change is acquired along with the change of the gamut information to be transmitted. The AIT may be rewritten.
 〔受信機の構成〕
 続いて、受信機2cの構成を図19に基づいて説明する。図19は、受信機2cの要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。受信機2cは、図示のように、チューナ20c、通信I/F21c、復号部22c、逆多重化部23c、オーディオデコーダ24c、ビデオデコーダ25c、色域変換部26c、表示制御部27c、ディスプレイ28c、入力部29c、および制御部30cを備えている。また、制御部30cには、復号制御部301c、逆多重化制御部302c、制御情報取得部303c、アプリ制御部304c、色域情報取得部305c、および色域調整部306cが含まれている。
[Configuration of receiver]
Next, the configuration of the receiver 2c will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of the receiver 2c. The receiver 2c includes a tuner 20c, a communication I / F 21c, a decoding unit 22c, a demultiplexing unit 23c, an audio decoder 24c, a video decoder 25c, a color gamut conversion unit 26c, a display control unit 27c, a display 28c, as illustrated. An input unit 29c and a control unit 30c are provided. The control unit 30c includes a decoding control unit 301c, a demultiplexing control unit 302c, a control information acquisition unit 303c, an application control unit 304c, a color gamut information acquisition unit 305c, and a color gamut adjustment unit 306c.
 チューナ20cは、放送経路にてデジタル放送信号として送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22cに出力する。一方、通信I/F21cは、通信経路にて送信されるコンテンツ等を受信して復号部22cに出力する。つまり、受信機2cは、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置である。また、詳細は後述するが、通信I/F21cを介して色域情報が取得される。 The tuner 20c receives the content transmitted as a digital broadcast signal through the broadcast path, and outputs it to the decoding unit 22c. On the other hand, the communication I / F 21c receives the content transmitted through the communication path and outputs it to the decoding unit 22c. That is, the receiver 2c is a receiving device that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path. Although details will be described later, the color gamut information is acquired through the communication I / F 21c.
 復号部22cは、チューナ20cおよび通信I/F21cを介して受信したコンテンツが暗号化されていた場合、これを復号して逆多重化部23cに出力する。 When the content received via the tuner 20c and the communication I / F 21c is encrypted, the decryption unit 22c decrypts the content and outputs it to the demultiplexing unit 23c.
 逆多重化部23cは、復号部22cが出力するデータ(暗号は復号されているが多重化されている)を逆多重化する。そして、逆多重化によって得られた当該コンテンツの各構成要素(コンポーネント)を、当該コンポーネントの種別に応じて処理する。具体的には、逆多重化部23cは、オーディオのコンポーネントはオーディオデコーダ24cに出力し、ビデオのコンポーネントはビデオデコーダ25cに出力し、制御情報は制御情報取得部303cに出力する。 The demultiplexing unit 23c demultiplexes the data output from the decryption unit 22c (encrypted but decrypted). Then, each component (component) of the content obtained by demultiplexing is processed according to the type of the component. Specifically, the demultiplexing unit 23c outputs audio components to the audio decoder 24c, outputs video components to the video decoder 25c, and outputs control information to the control information acquisition unit 303c.
 オーディオデコーダ24cは、逆多重化部23cが出力するオーディオコンポーネントを復号してオーディオデータを出力する。同様に、ビデオデコーダ25cは、逆多重化部23cが出力するビデオコンポーネントを復号してビデオデータを出力する。 The audio decoder 24c decodes the audio component output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs audio data. Similarly, the video decoder 25c decodes the video component output from the demultiplexer 23c and outputs video data.
 色域変換部26cは、色域情報をもとに、色域変換の要否を決定する。また、変換要の場合には、その方式についても決定し、決定した方式でビデオデコーダ25cが出力するビデオデータの色域を変換する。この変換により、ビデオデコーダ25cが出力するビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28cの表示可能な色域の範囲内に収まるようになる。例えば、色域情報から、再生しようとするビデオデータの色域が、ディスプレイ28cの再現可能な色域の内部にあると判定される場合、変換しないことを決定する。一方、ディスプレイ28cの再現可能な色域の外部にあると判定される場合には、外部にある割合などに応じて適切な変換を行う。なお、色域変換部26cは、制御部30c内に設けられていてもよい。 The color gamut conversion unit 26c determines the necessity of color gamut conversion based on the color gamut information. When conversion is necessary, the method is also determined, and the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25c is converted by the determined method. By this conversion, the color gamut of the video data output from the video decoder 25c falls within the range of the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28c. For example, when it is determined from the color gamut information that the color gamut of the video data to be reproduced is within the reproducible color gamut of the display 28c, it is determined not to convert. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is outside the reproducible color gamut of the display 28c, appropriate conversion is performed in accordance with the ratio existing outside. Note that the color gamut conversion unit 26c may be provided in the control unit 30c.
 表示制御部27cは、ビデオデータをディスプレイ28cに表示させる制御を行う。また、ディスプレイ28cは、表示制御部27cの制御に従ってビデオデータを表示する。つまり、受信機2cは、放送されるコンテンツの受信機能および再生(表示)機能を備えたテレビジョン受像機である。なお、ディスプレイ28cは、受信機2cに外付けされた外部の装置であってもよい。 The display control unit 27c performs control to display the video data on the display 28c. The display 28c displays video data according to the control of the display control unit 27c. That is, the receiver 2c is a television receiver having a function for receiving and reproducing (displaying) broadcast content. The display 28c may be an external device externally attached to the receiver 2c.
 入力部29cは、受信機2cに対するユーザ操作を受け付けて制御部30cに該操作の内容を通知する入力装置である。入力部29cは、例えば赤外線等で送信される、ユーザ操作の内容を示す信号を受信する受信部であってもよい。 The input unit 29c is an input device that receives a user operation on the receiver 2c and notifies the control unit 30c of the contents of the operation. The input unit 29c may be a receiving unit that receives a signal indicating the content of a user operation, which is transmitted, for example, by infrared rays.
 制御部30cは、受信した制御情報に従って受信機2cの備える各部を制御する。具体的には、復号制御部301cは、復号部22cを制御してコンテンツの復号を行わせる。また、逆多重化制御部302cは、逆多重化部23cを制御してコンテンツの逆多重化を行わせる。 The control unit 30c controls each unit included in the receiver 2c according to the received control information. Specifically, the decryption control unit 301c controls the decryption unit 22c to decrypt the content. Also, the demultiplexing control unit 302c controls the demultiplexing unit 23c to perform demultiplexing of content.
 制御情報取得部303cは、逆多重化部23cが逆多重化することによって出力された制御情報を取得し、制御情報に含まれるアプリケーションの制御信号をアプリ制御部304cに出力する。そして、アプリ制御部304cは、制御情報取得部303cが出力するアプリケーションの制御信号に従って各種アプリケーションソフトウェア(以下、アプリと呼ぶ)の動作を制御する。具体的には、アプリ制御部304cは、色域情報取得部305cと色域調整部306cを起動させ、また起動終了させる制御を行う。 The control information acquisition unit 303c acquires control information output by the demultiplexing unit 23c demultiplexing, and outputs an application control signal included in the control information to the application control unit 304c. Then, the application control unit 304c controls the operation of various application software (hereinafter referred to as an application) in accordance with the application control signal output by the control information acquisition unit 303c. Specifically, the application control unit 304c performs control to activate the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit 306c and to terminate activation.
 色域情報取得部305cおよび色域調整部306cは、アプリによってその機能が実現されるものである。色域情報取得部305cは、通信I/F21cを介して送信機1cから色域情報を取得して色域調整部306cまたは色域変換部26cに送信する。色域調整部306cは、色域を調整するためのユーザ操作を受け付け、該ユーザ操作に応じた色域の調整方法を色域変換部26cに通知する。 The functions of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit 306c are realized by an application. The color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information from the transmitter 1c via the communication I / F 21c and transmits the color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c or the color gamut conversion unit 26c. The color gamut adjustment unit 306c receives a user operation for adjusting the color gamut, and notifies the color gamut conversion unit 26c of a color gamut adjustment method according to the user operation.
 〔アプリケーションの制御信号と色域情報の取得〕
 続いて、アプリケーションの制御信号と色域情報の取得について、図20に基づいて説明する。図20は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスとして実現されるハイブリッドキャストサービスを例として取り上げ、放送信号と共に送信されるアプリケーションの制御信号(AIT)と該AITに従ったアプリの起動例を示す図である。
[Obtain application control signals and color gamut information]
Next, the acquisition of the application control signal and the color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 takes as an example a hybrid cast service realized as a service using both a broadcast path and a communication path, and shows an application control signal (AIT) transmitted together with a broadcast signal and an application activation example according to the AIT. FIG.
 同図の(a)には、AITに従って1つのアプリ(色域情報取得部305c)を起動する例を示している。図示のように、AITは送信信号(放送信号)と共に送信されており、同一サービスの選局が維持されている間は、そのサービスのAITが定期的に送信される。 (A) of the figure shows an example in which one application (color gamut information acquisition unit 305c) is started according to the AIT. As illustrated, the AIT is transmitted together with the transmission signal (broadcast signal), and the AIT of the service is periodically transmitted while the tuning of the same service is maintained.
 ここで、送信機1cが送信するAITには、色域情報取得部305cを自動で起動することを示す記述が含まれており、このAITを受信した受信機2cでは、この記述に従って色域情報取得部305cを起動する。そして、起動した色域情報取得部305cによって、色域情報が取得されると、色域情報取得部305cの起動を終了する。なお、色域情報の取得先は、例えばURL(Uniform Resource Locator)等の形式でAITに記述されていてもよい。 Here, the AIT transmitted by the transmitter 1c includes a description indicating that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is automatically activated, and the receiver 2c that has received the AIT receives the color gamut information according to this description. The acquisition unit 305c is activated. When the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires the color gamut information, the activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is terminated. The acquisition destination of the color gamut information may be described in the AIT in a format such as URL (Uniform Resource Locator).
 一方、同図の(b)には、AITに従って2つのアプリ(色域情報取得部305cと色域調整部306c)を起動する例を示している。この例においても、送信機1cが送信するAITには、色域情報取得部305cを自動で起動することを示す記述が含まれており、このAITを受信した受信機2cでは、この記述に従って色域情報取得部305cを起動する。 On the other hand, (b) of the figure shows an example in which two applications (color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and color gamut adjustment unit 306c) are activated in accordance with AIT. Also in this example, the AIT transmitted by the transmitter 1c includes a description indicating that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is automatically activated, and the receiver 2c that has received this AIT receives the color according to this description. The area information acquisition unit 305c is activated.
 また、この例では、AITにもう1つのアプリ(色域調整部306cに対応するapp2)が記述されている。起動した色域情報取得部305cによって色域情報が取得され、所定のユーザ操作がなされると、AITに従って、色域情報取得部305c(app1)に代わって色域調整部306cを起動する。そして、起動した色域調整部306cによって、色域を調整するユーザ操作を受け付けて、該ユーザ操作に応じた色域の調整方法が決定されると、色域情報取得部305cおよび色域調整部306cの起動を終了する。 In this example, another application (app2 corresponding to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c) is described in the AIT. When the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information and performs a predetermined user operation, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c is activated instead of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (app1) according to the AIT. When the activated color gamut adjustment unit 306c receives a user operation for adjusting the color gamut and determines a color gamut adjustment method according to the user operation, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c and the color gamut adjustment unit The activation of 306c is terminated.
 ここで、一般にテレビ放送では、ソースが異なる映像が連続して送信され、このような異なるソースの映像は色域がそれぞれ異なっている可能性がある。そこで、このようなケースに対応するため、送信機1cの色域情報通知部153cは、通知する色域情報を、新たなソースに対応するものに更新する。そして、受信機2cのアプリ制御部304cは、定期的に(例えば新たなAITを受信したタイミングや、AITのバージョンが変わったタイミングで)色域情報取得部305cを起動して、再度色域情報を取得させる。これにより、映像の変化に応じた適切な色の表現が可能となる。 Here, in general, in television broadcasting, videos with different sources are transmitted continuously, and there is a possibility that videos of such different sources have different color gamuts. Therefore, in order to deal with such a case, the color gamut information notification unit 153c of the transmitter 1c updates the color gamut information to be notified to one corresponding to a new source. Then, the application control unit 304c of the receiver 2c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c periodically (for example, when a new AIT is received or when the version of the AIT changes), and again the color gamut information To get. As a result, it is possible to express an appropriate color according to the change of the video.
 〔コンテンツとの同期〕
 上述のように、送信機1cは、放送経路にてコンテンツを送信すると共に、通信経路にてそのコンテンツの色域情報を送信する。そして、受信機2cは、放送経路にて送信される上記コンテンツを再生しながら、通信経路にて受信した色域情報に応じて再生する上記コンテンツの色域を変換する。このように、コンテンツとは異なる経路で色域情報を送信する場合、コンテンツの色域の切り替わりと高精度に同期させて、適用する色域情報も変化させるための仕組みが必要となる。
[Synchronize with content]
As described above, the transmitter 1c transmits the content through the broadcast path and transmits the color gamut information of the content through the communication path. Then, the receiver 2c converts the color gamut of the content to be reproduced according to the color gamut information received through the communication path while reproducing the content transmitted through the broadcast path. As described above, when the color gamut information is transmitted through a route different from the content, a mechanism for changing the color gamut information to be applied in synchronization with the switching of the color gamut of the content with high accuracy is required.
 例えば、図21に示すように、色域が変化するタイミングをシステムクロック(STC)で規定したタイミング指定情報を受信機2cに送信することにより、コンテンツの色域が切り替わるタイミングで、適用する色域情報を変化させることができる。図21は、タイミング指定情報と、該タイミング指定情報に応じた色域の変化の例を示す図である。なお、システムクロックは、放送経路や通信経路でのコンテンツ配信において、映像、音声、および字幕などを同期させるために使用される時刻情報である。 For example, as shown in FIG. 21, the color gamut to be applied at the timing when the color gamut of the content is switched by transmitting to the receiver 2c timing designation information specifying the timing at which the color gamut changes by the system clock (STC). Information can be changed. FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of timing designation information and a change in color gamut according to the timing designation information. The system clock is time information used to synchronize video, audio, subtitles, and the like in content distribution on a broadcast route or a communication route.
 図21の例では、STC(1)となったタイミングにおけるコンテンツの色域は色域(1)であり、これがSTC(2)となると色域(2)に、STC(3)となると色域(3)に切り替わっている。このような色域の変化は、例えば同図の左上に示すように、STCとそのときの色域(色域情報)とを対応付けたタイミング指定情報として表すことができる。 In the example of FIG. 21, the color gamut of the content at the timing of becoming STC (1) is the color gamut (1). When this becomes STC (2), the color gamut (2) is reached, and when it becomes STC (3), the color gamut. It has switched to (3). Such a change in the color gamut can be expressed as timing designation information in which the STC is associated with the color gamut at that time (color gamut information), for example, as shown in the upper left of FIG.
 なお、このようなタイミング指定情報は、コンテンツの放送スケジュールや、コンテンツの途中に放送される広告コンテンツ等に基づいて、色域が変化するタイミングおよび変化後にどのような色域となるかを予め取得しておくことによって生成することができる。 Such timing designation information is acquired in advance based on the broadcast schedule of the content, the advertising content broadcast in the middle of the content, etc., the timing when the color gamut changes and what color gamut will be after the change. It can be generated by
 そして、このようなタイミング指定情報を受信した受信機2cでは、色域情報取得部305cが、該タイミング指定情報の示すタイミングに、該タイミングに対応付けられた色域情報を色域変換部26cに通知する。これにより、タイミング指定情報の示すタイミングで異なる色域変換を適用することが可能になる。 Then, in the receiver 2c that has received such timing designation information, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c sends the color gamut information associated with the timing to the color gamut conversion unit 26c at the timing indicated by the timing designation information. Notice. This makes it possible to apply different color gamut conversion at the timing indicated by the timing designation information.
 なお、色域情報取得部305cは、色域情報を色域調整部306cに送信してもよく、この場合には、色域調整部306cがユーザ操作に応じた色域の調整方法を決定し、該決定した調整方法を色域変換部26cに通知する。 Note that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c may transmit the color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 306c. In this case, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c determines a color gamut adjustment method according to a user operation. Then, the determined adjustment method is notified to the color gamut conversion unit 26c.
 ただし、広告コンテンツのような比較的放送時間の短いコンテンツへの切り替えの際に、ユーザに色域を調整させた場合、却ってユーザに煩わしさを感じさせることも考えられる。このため、切り替え後のコンテンツの放送時間が所定時間(例えば5分)以下である場合には、取得した色域情報に基づいて自動で色域を調整し、所定時間を超える場合にはユーザに調整させてもよい。 However, if the user adjusts the color gamut when switching to content with a relatively short broadcast time, such as advertising content, the user may feel annoyed. For this reason, when the broadcast time of the content after switching is less than or equal to a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes), the color gamut is automatically adjusted based on the acquired color gamut information. It may be adjusted.
 〔色域情報について〕
 色域情報は、受信したコンテンツの色域に関する情報であって、色域変換の要否判定、および変換要の場合の変換の態様の決定に用いることができるものであればよい。例えば、上記色域情報は、以下の情報の少なくとも何れかを含むものであってもよい。
(1)色度空間または色度平面上における、色域(受信したコンテンツの映像の色域)の外縁を示す外縁座標
(2)受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報
(3)受信したコンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報
(4)受信したコンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す対応フォーマット情報(対応規格情報)
(5)受信したコンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された色域フォーマット(映像規格)を示す非対応フォーマット情報(非対応規格情報)
 具体例を挙げれば、上記(1)の外縁座標は、[(x,y,z),(x,y,z),…,(x,y,z)]のような形式で記述された、色度空間または色度平面上で表された色域の最外郭の座標であってもよい。外縁座標は、少なくとも3点の座標を含んでいればよい。
[About color gamut information]
The color gamut information is information regarding the color gamut of the received content, and may be any information that can be used to determine whether or not color gamut conversion is necessary and to determine a conversion mode when conversion is necessary. For example, the color gamut information may include at least one of the following information.
(1) Outer coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut (the color gamut of the video of the received content) on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane, and (2) the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane; Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to the area on the chromaticity plane as a comparison target with the color gamut (3) A color gamut of received content is a comparison target with the color gamut Information indicating the degree of going out of the predetermined color gamut (4) Corresponding format information (corresponding standard information) indicating the color gamut format (video standard) in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the received content is defined )
(5) Non-compliant format information (non-compliant standard information) indicating a gamut format (video standard) in which a gamut that does not include at least a part of the gamut of the received content is defined
As a specific example, the outer edge coordinates in (1) above are described in a format such as [(x, y, z), (x, y, z), ..., (x, y, z)]. The outermost coordinates of the color gamut represented on the chromaticity space or chromaticity plane may be used. The outer edge coordinates only need to include coordinates of at least three points.
 また、上記(2)および(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、該色域を受信機2側で認識できるものであればよい。例えば、上記「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、既存の色域フォーマット(映像規格)で定められた色域であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。前者の例としては、上記(2)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.2020の色域を用い、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」としてBT.709の色域を用いる例が挙げられる。なお、上記(3)の「比較対象として予め定められた色域」は、受信したコンテンツの色域のはみ出しが生じ得るような色域(受信したコンテンツが取りうる最大の色域よりも狭い色域)である必要がある。また、後者の例としては、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10、OLED(Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4のように、ディスプレイの種類毎に、色域の広さや範囲がどの程度であるかをバージョン番号やレベルの数値によって規定する例が挙げられる。 In addition, the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in the above (2) and (3) may be anything as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiver 2 side. For example, the above-mentioned “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” may be a color gamut defined by an existing color gamut format (video standard), or independent of a color gamut of an existing color gamut format. It may be a set color gamut. As an example of the former, the color gamut of BT.2020 is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (2) above, and BT is used as the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above. An example using the .709 color gamut is given. Note that the “color gamut predetermined as a comparison target” in (3) above is a color gamut in which the color gamut of the received content may protrude (a color narrower than the maximum color gamut that the received content can take) Area). Also, as an example of the latter, how wide and range the color gamut is for each type of display, such as LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Level 10 and OLED (Organic Electro-Luminescence Display) Version 4. Examples are specified by version number and numerical level.
 上記(2)の面積比情報は、(受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積)/(比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積)のような形式で面積比を示すものであってもよい。また、BT.2020の70%、xvYCC(extended video YCC)の50%のように、比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積に対して受信したコンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積の割合をパーセントで示したものであってもよい。 The area ratio information of (2) is such that (the area occupied by the color gamut of the received content on the chromaticity plane) / (the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane) The area ratio may be indicated in a form. Also, the color gamut of the received content is the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target on the chromaticity plane, such as 70% of BT.2020 and 50% of xvYCC (extended video YCC). The percentage of the area occupied on the chromaticity plane may be indicated as a percentage.
 また、上記(3)の情報は、比較対象として予め定められた色域を示す情報と、その色域外となっている色域の割合を示す情報とを対応付けたものとしてもよい。例えば、受信したコンテンツの色域のn%がBT.709の色域外に存在する場合には、BT.709, n(%)のような形式の情報としてもよい。 Further, the information (3) may be information in which information indicating a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target is associated with information indicating the proportion of the color gamut outside the color gamut. For example, when n% of the color gamut of the received content exists outside the color gamut of BT.709, information in a format such as BT.709, n (%) may be used.
 これにより、例えば、BT.709に準拠したディスプレイ28cを備えた受信機2cに、n%のはみ出しが生じることを認識させることができる。また、nの大小に応じて、変換の態様を変更させることもできる。例えば、nが30~50%の場合のように、はみ出る部分が比較的少ない場合にはクリッピングを適用させ、nが80%以上の場合のように、はみ出る部分が多い場合にはコンプレッションを適用させることも可能になる。なお、上記nは、色度平面上における画素数をカウントして算出してもよい。例えば、上記nは、(上記コンテンツの色域内の画素のうち比較対象の色域外にある画素数)/(上記コンテンツの色域内に含まれる総画素数)×100との数式で算出してもよい。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to recognize that n% of protrusion occurs in the receiver 2c including the display 28c compliant with BT.709. Also, the conversion mode can be changed according to the magnitude of n. For example, when n is 30 to 50%, clipping is applied when the protruding portion is relatively small, and compression is applied when protruding portion is large, such as when n is 80% or more. It becomes possible. Note that n may be calculated by counting the number of pixels on the chromaticity plane. For example, n is calculated by the following equation: (the number of pixels outside the comparison color gamut among the pixels in the content color gamut) / (total number of pixels included in the content color gamut) × 100. Good.
 上記(4)(5)の対応フォーマット情報および非対応フォーマット情報の詳細については、後に図6を参照して説明する。 Details of the corresponding format information and non-supported format information (4) and (5) above will be described later with reference to FIG.
 〔外縁座標を用いた色域変換の例〕
 次に、色域情報として外縁座標(上記(1)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26cは、図3を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図3を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates]
Next, for an example of color gamut conversion using outer edge coordinates (see (1) above) as color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26c performs the same processing as the processing described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔面積比情報を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報として面積比情報(上記(2)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26cは、図4を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図4を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using area ratio information (see (2) above) as color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26c performs the same process as described with reference to FIG. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔はみ出した領域の面積の割合を用いた色域変換の例〕
 続いて、色域情報としてはみ出した領域の面積の割合を示す情報(上記(3)参照)を用いた色域変換の例について、色域変換部26cは、図5を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図5を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Example of color gamut conversion using the ratio of the area of the protruding area]
Subsequently, for an example of color gamut conversion using information (see (3) above) indicating the ratio of the area of the protruding area as the color gamut information, the color gamut conversion unit 26c performs the processing described with reference to FIG. Similar processing is performed. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔対応フォーマット情報/非対応フォーマット情報〕
 次に、色域情報の1つである対応フォーマット情報(上記(4))と非対応フォーマット情報(上記(5))について、色域変換部26cは、図6を用いて説明した処理と同様の処理を行う。また、図6を用いて説明した効果と同様の効果を奏する。
[Supported format information / non-supported format information]
Next, for the corresponding format information (above (4)) and the non-corresponding format information (above (5)), which is one of the gamut information, the gamut converting unit 26c is the same as the processing described with reference to FIG. Perform the process. Further, the same effect as described with reference to FIG.
 〔色域情報の取得処理〕
 次に、色域情報の取得について図22に基づいて説明する。図22は、受信機2で実行される色域情報を取得する処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、ここでは、ユーザ操作に基づく色域調整は行わず、受信機2cが自動的に色域を変換する例を説明する。
[Color Gamut Information Acquisition Processing]
Next, acquisition of color gamut information will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an example of processing for acquiring color gamut information executed by the receiver 2. Here, an example will be described in which the color gamut is not automatically adjusted based on a user operation and the receiver 2c automatically converts the color gamut.
 まず、制御情報取得部303cは、逆多重化部23cが出力する信号からAITを抽出してアプリ制御部304cに出力し、アプリ制御部304cはこのAITに従って色域情報取得部305を起動する(S61)。 First, the control information acquisition unit 303c extracts the AIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs the AIT to the application control unit 304c. The application control unit 304c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305 according to the AIT ( S61).
 次に、起動した色域情報取得部305cは、上記AITの示す所定の取得先(この例では送信機1)から通信経路にて色域情報を取得する(S62)。また、色域情報取得部305cは、取得した色域情報を色域変換部26cに送信して(S63)、その旨をアプリ制御部304cに通知する。そして、アプリ制御部304cは、色域情報取得部305cの起動を終了し(S64)、これにより色域情報の取得処理は終了する。 Next, the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information from a predetermined acquisition destination (in this example, the transmitter 1) indicated by the AIT via a communication path (S62). Further, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut conversion unit 26c (S63), and notifies the application control unit 304c to that effect. Then, the application control unit 304c ends activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (S64), and the color gamut information acquisition processing is thereby ended.
 〔色域の変換処理〕
 次に、色域の変換について図23に基づいて説明する。図23は、受信機2cで実行される色域の変換処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。なお、この処理は、図22のS63の処理で送信された色域情報を受信した色域変換部26cが実行する処理である。また、ここでは、色域情報として外縁座標が受信された例を説明する。
[Color Gamut Conversion Processing]
Next, color gamut conversion will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating an example of color gamut conversion processing executed by the receiver 2c. This process is a process executed by the color gamut conversion unit 26c that has received the color gamut information transmitted in the process of S63 in FIG. Here, an example in which outer edge coordinates are received as color gamut information will be described.
 まず、色域変換部26cは、受信した色域情報の示す、受信したコンテンツの映像の色域と、ディスプレイ28cの色域とを比較する(S70)。そして、映像の色域の方が大きいか否か、言い換えれば映像の色域がディスプレイ28cの色域内に収まっているか否かを判定する(S71)。 First, the color gamut conversion unit 26c compares the color gamut of the received content video indicated by the received color gamut information with the color gamut of the display 28c (S70). Then, it is determined whether or not the color gamut of the video is larger, in other words, whether or not the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28c (S71).
 ここで、映像の色域がディスプレイ28cの色域内に収まっていると判定した場合(S71でNO)、色域変換部26cは、色域変換を行わず(S75)、処理を終了する。この場合、受信したコンテンツの映像は、色域変換がなされることなくディスプレイ28cに表示される。なお、S71でNOと判定した場合、色域変換部26cは、映像の色域をディスプレイ28cの色域に収まる範囲内で拡張してもよい。 Here, when it is determined that the color gamut of the video is within the color gamut of the display 28c (NO in S71), the color gamut conversion unit 26c does not perform the color gamut conversion (S75) and ends the processing. In this case, the received video of the content is displayed on the display 28c without color gamut conversion. If NO is determined in S71, the color gamut conversion unit 26c may extend the color gamut of the video within a range that fits within the color gamut of the display 28c.
 一方、映像の色域がディスプレイ28cの色域からはみ出していると判定した場合(S71でYES)、色域変換部26cは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいか否かを判定する(S72)。なお、この判定は、例えば、色度平面上において、色域情報として受信した外縁座標から算出した、映像の色域の面積と、同色度平面におけるディスプレイ28cの色域の面積とを比較することで行うことができる。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut of the video protrudes from the color gamut of the display 28c (YES in S71), the color gamut conversion unit 26c determines whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger. (S72). In this determination, for example, on the chromaticity plane, the area of the image gamut calculated from the outer edge coordinates received as the gamut information is compared with the area of the gamut of the display 28c on the same chromaticity plane. Can be done.
 そして、色域変換部26cは、映像の色域の方が10%以上大きいと判定した場合(S72でYES)には、当該映像にコンプレッション処理を施してディスプレイ28cの色域に収まるようにする(S73)。一方、色域の差異が10%に満たないと判定した場合(S72でNO)には、当該映像にクリッピング処理を施してディスプレイ28cの色域に収まるようにする(S74)。これにより、色域の変換処理は終了する。 If the color gamut conversion unit 26c determines that the color gamut of the video is 10% or more (YES in S72), the video gamut conversion unit 26c performs compression processing on the video so as to be within the color gamut of the display 28c. (S73). On the other hand, if it is determined that the color gamut difference is less than 10% (NO in S72), the video is subjected to clipping processing so that it falls within the color gamut of the display 28c (S74). Thus, the color gamut conversion process is completed.
 なお、上記の例では、クリッピング処理を行うかコンプレッション処理を行うかの判定の基準を、映像の色域がディスプレイ28cの色域より10%以上大きいか否かとしているが、判定の基準はこの例に限られない。 In the above example, the criterion for determining whether to perform clipping processing or compression processing is based on whether the color gamut of the video is 10% or more larger than the color gamut of the display 28c. It is not limited to examples.
 〔変換テーブルを用いた色域変換〕
 上述の例では、色域変換部26cが色域情報を用いて、その色域情報に応じた色域変換を決定しているが、色域変換の内容を示す変換テーブルを参照することによって適用する色域変換を決定してもよい。これについて、図24に基づいて説明する。図24は、変換テーブルを用いた色域変換を説明する図である。
[Color gamut conversion using conversion table]
In the above example, the color gamut conversion unit 26c uses the color gamut information to determine the color gamut conversion according to the color gamut information. However, the color gamut conversion unit 26c is applied by referring to the conversion table indicating the content of the color gamut conversion. The color gamut conversion to be performed may be determined. This will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating color gamut conversion using a conversion table.
 同図に示す変換テーブル(色域変換情報)Tは、BT.2020の色域をBT.709の色域に変換する変換テーブルの一例を示している。この変換テーブルTは、BT.2020の色域に含まれる256×256=65536個の要素のそれぞれについて、変換後の値が示されたルックアップテーブルである。 The conversion table (color gamut conversion information) T shown in the figure shows an example of a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut into the BT.709 color gamut. This conversion table T is a look-up table in which converted values are shown for each of 256 × 256 = 65536 elements included in the color gamut of BT.2020.
 変換テーブル管理サーバ6には、BT.2020の色域変換用の変換テーブルTの他にも、様々な表示特性(より詳細にはディスプレイ28の色域)の受信機2cに対応できるように、複数種類の変換テーブルが格納されている。例えば、変換テーブル管理サーバ6には、BT.2020の色域をAdobeRGBの色域に変換する変換テーブルや、BT.2020の色域をパネルAの色域(ユーザが独自に設定した所定の色域)に変換する変換テーブル等が格納されていてもよい。そして、受信機2cでは、ディスプレイ28cが表示可能な色域に応じた変換テーブルを用いて、再生するコンテンツの色域を変換すればよい。例えば、ディスプレイ28がBT.709に準拠している場合に、再生するコンテンツの色域がBT.2020であれば、BT.2020の色域をBT.709の色域に変換する変換テーブルを用いればよい。 In addition to the conversion table T for BT.2020 color gamut conversion, the conversion table management server 6 is compatible with the receiver 2c having various display characteristics (more specifically, the color gamut of the display 28). Multiple types of conversion tables are stored. For example, the conversion table management server 6 includes a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut to the AdobeRGB color gamut, the BT.2020 color gamut to the panel A color gamut (a predetermined color set by the user uniquely). A conversion table or the like for conversion into (region) may be stored. Then, the receiver 2c may convert the color gamut of the content to be reproduced using a conversion table corresponding to the color gamut that can be displayed on the display 28c. For example, when the display 28 conforms to BT.709 and the color gamut of the content to be played is BT.2020, a conversion table for converting the BT.2020 color gamut into the BT.709 color gamut can be used. That's fine.
 このような変換テーブルを受信した受信機2cでは、色域情報取得部305cがこの変換テーブルを色域変換部26cに送信し、色域変換部26cはこの変換テーブルを用いて映像の色域を変換する。なお、色域情報取得部305cは、ディスプレイ28cに応じた1つの変換テーブルを取得してもよいし、複数の変換テーブルを取得してもよい。複数の変換テーブルを取得した場合、その中からディスプレイ28cの色域に応じた変換テーブルを抽出して色域変換部26cに送信する。また、変換テーブルを取得する場合であっても、上記(1)~(5)のような色域情報も合わせて取得してもよい。これにより、変換テーブルによる変換が、ユーザの意に沿わないものとなった場合に、他の変換を行うことが可能になる。 In the receiver 2c that has received such a conversion table, the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c transmits the conversion table to the color gamut conversion unit 26c, and the color gamut conversion unit 26c uses this conversion table to determine the color gamut of the video. Convert. Note that the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c may acquire one conversion table corresponding to the display 28c, or may acquire a plurality of conversion tables. When a plurality of conversion tables are acquired, a conversion table corresponding to the color gamut of the display 28c is extracted from them and transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26c. Even when the conversion table is acquired, the color gamut information as described in (1) to (5) above may be acquired together. As a result, when the conversion using the conversion table is not in accordance with the user's will, other conversions can be performed.
 〔ユーザ操作による色域調整〕
 続いて、ユーザ操作による色域調整について図25および図26に基づいて説明する。図25は、色域の調整のために受信機2cにディスプレイ28cに表示される色域調整画面の一例を示す図であり、図26は、ユーザ操作による色域調整を受け付ける場合に受信機2cで実行される処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。
[Color gamut adjustment by user operation]
Next, color gamut adjustment by a user operation will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of a color gamut adjustment screen displayed on the display 28c on the receiver 2c for color gamut adjustment. FIG. 26 illustrates the receiver 2c when accepting color gamut adjustment by a user operation. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process performed by.
 〔色域調整における画面例〕
 図25の(a)の画面例では、色域調整の要否をユーザに選択させるためのウィンドウA1がコンテンツの映像に重畳して表示されている。より詳細には、このウィンドウA1には、色域調整の要否をユーザに問い合わせるメッセージと共に、色域調整することを選択するための選択項目「はい」と、調整しないことを選択するための選択項目「いいえ」とが表示されている。また、このウィンドウA1の右上隅には、該ウィンドウA1を閉じるための選択項目「X」が表示されている。
[Screen example for color gamut adjustment]
In the screen example of FIG. 25A, a window A1 for allowing the user to select whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary is displayed superimposed on the content video. More specifically, this window A1 includes a message for inquiring the user whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary, a selection item “Yes” for selecting to adjust the color gamut, and a selection for selecting not to adjust. The item “No” is displayed. A selection item “X” for closing the window A1 is displayed in the upper right corner of the window A1.
 このウィンドウA1から「はい」が選択されると、同図の(b)の色域調整画面に遷移する。この色域調整画面には、ユーザに色域調整を行わせるためのウィンドウA2がコンテンツの映像に重畳して表示されている。より詳細には、このウィンドウA2には、パネル(ディスプレイ28)の色域を示すパネル色域情報B1と、コンテンツの映像の色域を示す映像色域情報B2とが表示されている。また、このウィンドウA2には、変換後の色域を示す変換後色域情報B3と、色域を狭くするための色域縮小キーB4と、色域を広げるための色域拡張キーB5とがさらに表示されている。そして、ウィンドウA2の右上隅には、該ウィンドウA2を閉じるための選択項目(X)が表示されている。 When “Yes” is selected from this window A1, a transition is made to the color gamut adjustment screen shown in FIG. On this color gamut adjustment screen, a window A2 for allowing the user to perform color gamut adjustment is displayed superimposed on the content video. More specifically, in this window A2, panel color gamut information B1 indicating the color gamut of the panel (display 28) and video color gamut information B2 indicating the color gamut of the content video are displayed. The window A2 includes post-conversion color gamut information B3 indicating the post-conversion color gamut, a color gamut reduction key B4 for narrowing the color gamut, and a color gamut expansion key B5 for widening the color gamut. It is also displayed. A selection item (X) for closing the window A2 is displayed in the upper right corner of the window A2.
 色域調整を行うユーザは、ウィンドウA2のパネル色域情報B1と映像色域情報B2とを参照することにより、映像の色域に対して、ディスプレイ28cの色域がどの程度足りていないか、あるいはどの程度余裕があるかを容易に認識することができる。 The user who performs the color gamut adjustment refers to the panel color gamut information B1 and the video color gamut information B2 in the window A2 to determine how much the color gamut of the display 28c is insufficient with respect to the video color gamut. Alternatively, it can be easily recognized how much room is available.
 そして、映像の色域よりも、ディスプレイ28cの色域が狭い場合には、ユーザは、色域縮小キーB4を操作する。これにより、色域を縮小する処理(例えばコンプレッション)が行われ、変換後色域情報B3にもこの処理の結果が反映されて、該変換後色域情報B3の示す色域が狭くなる。 Then, when the color gamut of the display 28c is narrower than the color gamut of the video, the user operates the color gamut reduction key B4. As a result, a process for reducing the color gamut (for example, compression) is performed, and the result of this process is reflected in the post-conversion color gamut information B3, and the color gamut indicated by the post-conversion color gamut information B3 becomes narrow.
 一方、映像の色域よりも、ディスプレイ28cの色域が広い場合には、ユーザは、色域拡張キーB5を操作する。これにより、色域を拡張する処理が行われ、変換後色域情報B3にもこの処理の結果が反映されて、該変換後色域情報B3の示す色域が広くなる。 On the other hand, when the color gamut of the display 28c is wider than the video color gamut, the user operates the color gamut expansion key B5. As a result, processing for extending the color gamut is performed, and the result of this processing is reflected in the post-conversion color gamut information B3, so that the color gamut indicated by the post-conversion color gamut information B3 is widened.
 〔ユーザが色域調整を行う場合の処理の流れ〕
 ユーザが色域調整を行う場合、色域情報取得部305cに加え、色域調整部306cを起動し、この色域調整部306cによってユーザ操作を受け付ける。このため、色域調整のためのユーザ操作を受け付ける場合には、色域調整部306cを起動させるための記述をAITに含めておく。
[Flow of processing when the user performs color gamut adjustment]
When the user performs color gamut adjustment, in addition to the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c is activated, and a user operation is accepted by the color gamut adjustment unit 306c. Therefore, when a user operation for color gamut adjustment is accepted, a description for starting the color gamut adjustment unit 306c is included in the AIT.
 まず、制御情報取得部303cは、逆多重化部23cが出力する信号からAITを抽出してアプリ制御部304cに出力し、アプリ制御部304cはこのAITに従って色域情報取得部305cを起動する(S80)。そして、起動した色域情報取得部305cは、色域情報を取得する(S81)。 First, the control information acquisition unit 303c extracts the AIT from the signal output from the demultiplexing unit 23c and outputs the AIT to the application control unit 304c. The application control unit 304c activates the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c according to the AIT ( S80). Then, the activated color gamut information acquisition unit 305c acquires color gamut information (S81).
 また、アプリ制御部304cは、上記AITに従って色域調整部306cを起動し(S82)、色域情報取得部305cに指示して、色域調整部306cに色域情報を送信させる。そして、色域情報を受信した色域調整部306cは、例えば図25の(a)のような画面をディスプレイ28cに表示させて、色域調整の要否をユーザに選択させる。なお、色域調整が否である旨の選択がなされたときには、色域変換部26cに色域情報を送信して色域を変換させる。 In addition, the application control unit 304c activates the color gamut adjustment unit 306c according to the AIT (S82), instructs the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c to cause the color gamut adjustment unit 306c to transmit the color gamut information. Then, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c that has received the color gamut information displays a screen as shown in FIG. 25A on the display 28c, for example, and allows the user to select whether or not color gamut adjustment is necessary. Note that, when selection is made that the color gamut adjustment is not possible, the color gamut information is transmitted to the color gamut conversion unit 26c to convert the color gamut.
 ここで、色域調整が要である旨の選択がなされたときには、色域調整部306cは、例えば図25の(b)のような画面をディスプレイ28cに表示させて、色域調整するユーザ操作を受け付ける(S83)。 Here, when the selection that the color gamut adjustment is necessary is made, the color gamut adjustment unit 306c displays, for example, a screen as shown in FIG. Is accepted (S83).
 そして、色域調整部306cは、受け付けたユーザ操作に応じた調整方法を色域変換部26cに通知して(S84)、その旨をアプリ制御部304cに通知する。アプリ制御部304cは、色域調整部306cの起動を終了し(S85)、また、色域情報取得部305cの起動も終了して(S86)、これにより処理は終了する。 The color gamut adjustment unit 306c notifies the color gamut conversion unit 26c of an adjustment method according to the received user operation (S84), and notifies the application control unit 304c accordingly. The application control unit 304c ends activation of the color gamut adjustment unit 306c (S85), and also ends activation of the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c (S86), thereby ending the processing.
 〔実施形態11〕
 本発明の実施形態11について、図27から図29に基づいて説明する。なお、上記実施形態と同様の構成には同一の参照番号を付し、その説明を省略する。まず、本実施形態の映像信号伝送システム500の概要を図27に基づいて説明する。図27は、映像信号伝送システム500の概略構成を示す図である。
[Embodiment 11]
An eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, the same reference number is attached | subjected to the structure similar to the said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. First, an outline of the video signal transmission system 500 of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of the video signal transmission system 500.
 図示のように、映像信号伝送システム500には、送信機100、受信機200、色域情報管理サーバ300、および端末装置(送信装置)400が含まれている。映像信号伝送システム500は、上記実施形態の映像信号伝送システム5と同様に、送信機100から受信機200に映像信号等を伝送するシステムである。 As shown in the figure, the video signal transmission system 500 includes a transmitter 100, a receiver 200, a color gamut information management server 300, and a terminal device (transmission device) 400. The video signal transmission system 500 is a system for transmitting a video signal and the like from the transmitter 100 to the receiver 200 as in the video signal transmission system 5 of the above embodiment.
 映像信号伝送システム500では、端末装置400にて色域情報管理サーバ300から色域情報を取得し、取得した色域情報(または該色域情報に基づいて決定した色域の調整方法)を受信機200に送信する。なお、色域情報管理サーバ300は、放送される各コンテンツの色域情報を管理するサーバであり、該サーバにアクセスしてコンテンツを通知することにより、そのコンテンツ対応する色域情報を取得することができる。映像信号伝送システム500は、このような処理により、コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させることを可能にしている。 In the video signal transmission system 500, the terminal device 400 acquires the color gamut information from the color gamut information management server 300, and receives the acquired color gamut information (or the color gamut adjustment method determined based on the color gamut information). To the machine 200. Note that the color gamut information management server 300 is a server that manages color gamut information of each content to be broadcast, and obtains color gamut information corresponding to the content by accessing the server and notifying the content. Can do. The video signal transmission system 500 can adaptively convert the color gamut of the content through such processing.
 〔受信機および端末装置の構成〕
 続いて、受信機200および端末装置400構成を図28に基づいて説明する。図28は、受信機200および端末装置400の要部構成の一例を示すブロック図である。受信機200は、図19の受信機2cと概ね同様の構成であるが、AITから色域情報を取得する機能を備えておらず、色域情報取得部305cが端末装置400から色域情報または色域の調整方法を取得する点で異なっている。なお、図28では、制御部30c内のブロックとして色域情報取得部305cのみを記載しているが、図19の復号制御部301c、逆多重化制御部302c等も制御部30cに含まれる。
[Configuration of receiver and terminal device]
Next, the configuration of the receiver 200 and the terminal device 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a main configuration of the receiver 200 and the terminal device 400. The receiver 200 has substantially the same configuration as the receiver 2c in FIG. 19, but does not have a function of acquiring color gamut information from the AIT, and the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c receives color gamut information or It differs in that it obtains the color gamut adjustment method. In FIG. 28, only the color gamut information acquisition unit 305c is illustrated as a block in the control unit 30c, but the decoding control unit 301c, the demultiplexing control unit 302c, and the like of FIG. 19 are also included in the control unit 30c.
 端末装置400は、受信機200のユーザが使用するものであり、受信機200および色域情報管理サーバ300との通信機能を備えた端末装置である。端末装置400は、例えばスマートフォンやタブレット端末のような汎用の端末装置であってもよい。図示のように、端末装置400は、通信I/F40、制御部41、表示部42、および入力部43を備えている。 The terminal device 400 is used by a user of the receiver 200 and is a terminal device having a communication function with the receiver 200 and the color gamut information management server 300. The terminal device 400 may be a general-purpose terminal device such as a smartphone or a tablet terminal. As illustrated, the terminal device 400 includes a communication I / F 40, a control unit 41, a display unit 42, and an input unit 43.
 通信I/F40は、端末装置400が外部の装置、具体的には受信機200および色域情報管理サーバ300と通信経路にて通信するためのものである。通信I/F40は、例えばインターネットのような通信網を介して通信を行う装置であってもよい。なお、受信機200と通信を行うための通信I/Fと、色域情報管理サーバ300と通信を行うための通信I/Fとが個別に設けられていてもよい。 The communication I / F 40 is for the terminal device 400 to communicate with an external device, specifically, the receiver 200 and the color gamut information management server 300 through a communication path. The communication I / F 40 may be a device that performs communication via a communication network such as the Internet. Note that a communication I / F for communicating with the receiver 200 and a communication I / F for communicating with the color gamut information management server 300 may be provided separately.
 制御部41は、端末装置400の各部を統括して制御するものであり、色域情報取得部411、色域情報通知部(色域情報送信部)412、および色域調整部413を含む。 The control unit 41 controls and controls each unit of the terminal device 400, and includes a color gamut information acquisition unit 411, a color gamut information notification unit (color gamut information transmission unit) 412, and a color gamut adjustment unit 413.
 色域情報取得部411は、色域情報を取得する。具体的には、色域情報取得部411は、ユーザの指定したコンテンツ(放送されており、受信機200で受信されているコンテンツ)の色域情報を、色域情報管理サーバ300から取得する。そして、色域情報取得部411は、取得した色域情報を色域調整部413に送信する。なお、端末装置400では色域の調整を行わない構成とすることも可能であり、この場合には、色域調整部413は、取得した色域情報を色域情報通知部412に送信し、色域情報通知部412はこの色域情報を受信機200に送信する。 The color gamut information acquisition unit 411 acquires color gamut information. Specifically, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 acquires from the color gamut information management server 300 the color gamut information of the content specified by the user (the content being broadcast and received by the receiver 200). Then, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut adjustment unit 413. Note that the terminal device 400 may be configured not to adjust the color gamut. In this case, the color gamut adjustment unit 413 transmits the acquired color gamut information to the color gamut information notification unit 412, The color gamut information notification unit 412 transmits this color gamut information to the receiver 200.
 色域情報通知部412は、色域調整部413が決定した色域の調整方法を通信経路で(通信I/F40を介して)受信機200に通知する。なお、上記の通り、端末装置400で色域の調整を行わない場合には、色域情報通知部412は、色域情報取得部411が取得した色域情報を通信I/F40を介して受信機200に通知する。 The color gamut information notification unit 412 notifies the receiver 200 of the color gamut adjustment method determined by the color gamut adjustment unit 413 through the communication path (via the communication I / F 40). As described above, when the terminal device 400 does not adjust the color gamut, the color gamut information notification unit 412 receives the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 via the communication I / F 40. Notify the machine 200.
 色域調整部413は、色域情報取得部411が取得した色域情報に基づき、コンテンツの色域を調整するユーザ操作を受け付ける色域調整画面を表示部42に表示させる。そして、該色域調整画面の表示中のユーザ操作に従って色域の調整方法を決定し、決定した調整方法を色域情報通知部412に送信する。これにより、当該調整方法が受信機200に通知される。 The color gamut adjustment unit 413 causes the display unit 42 to display a color gamut adjustment screen that accepts a user operation for adjusting the color gamut of content based on the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411. Then, a color gamut adjustment method is determined in accordance with a user operation during display of the color gamut adjustment screen, and the determined adjustment method is transmitted to the color gamut information notification unit 412. As a result, the receiver 200 is notified of the adjustment method.
 表示部42は、制御部41の制御に従って画像を表示する表示装置であり、入力部43は端末装置400に対するユーザの入力操作を受け付けて制御部41に該操作の内容を通知する入力装置である。ここでは、表示部42の表示面と入力部43の入力面とが一体に構成されたタッチパネルである例を説明するが、表示部42と入力部43とは独立した別個の装置であってもよい。 The display unit 42 is a display device that displays an image according to the control of the control unit 41, and the input unit 43 is an input device that accepts a user input operation on the terminal device 400 and notifies the control unit 41 of the contents of the operation. . Here, an example of a touch panel in which the display surface of the display unit 42 and the input surface of the input unit 43 are integrally formed will be described, but the display unit 42 and the input unit 43 may be separate and independent devices. Good.
 〔色域の調整方法〕
 端末装置400を用いた色域の調整方法を図29に基づいて説明する。図29は、色域の調整のために表示される色域調整画面の一例を示す図である。なお、ここでは、放送されているコンテンツの関連情報を表示させるアプリの機能の1つとして、色域調整機能が設けられている例を説明する。つまり、色域情報取得部411、色域情報通知部412、および色域調整部413は、上記アプリを起動することによって動作を開始する。無論、色域情報取得部411、色域情報通知部412、および色域調整部413は、上記アプリとは独立に起動し、動作するものであってもよい。しかし、アプリの機能に組み込む場合、コンテンツの関連情報を確認するついでに色域調整を行うことができるので好ましい。
[Color Gamut Adjustment Method]
A color gamut adjustment method using the terminal device 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example of a color gamut adjustment screen displayed for color gamut adjustment. Here, an example will be described in which a color gamut adjustment function is provided as one of the functions of an application that displays related information of broadcast content. That is, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411, the color gamut information notification unit 412, and the color gamut adjustment unit 413 start operation by starting the application. Of course, the color gamut information acquisition unit 411, the color gamut information notification unit 412, and the color gamut adjustment unit 413 may be activated and operated independently of the application. However, when it is incorporated in the function of the application, it is preferable because color gamut adjustment can be performed when the related information of the content is confirmed.
 端末装置400のユーザが上記アプリを起動して、ユーザが受信機200にて視聴するコンテンツを選択すると、該アプリによって該コンテンツの番組情報が取得され、色域情報取得部411によって色域情報が取得される。そして、取得された各種情報が、例えば図29の(a)に示すような態様で表示部42に表示される。 When the user of the terminal device 400 activates the application and the user selects content to be viewed on the receiver 200, program information of the content is acquired by the application, and color gamut information is acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411. To be acquired. Then, the acquired various types of information are displayed on the display unit 42 in a manner as shown in FIG. 29A, for example.
 図29の(a)の画面例では、番組情報として、番組名、放送時間、出演者、および番組内容が表示されていると共に、色域情報取得部411が取得した色域情報が表示されている。この例では、色域情報として、当該コンテンツ(番組)の映像の色域の色度平面における面積が、BT.2020の色域の面積に対して80%の広さを有し、BT.709の色域の面積に対して120%の広さを有することが表示されている。 In the screen example of FIG. 29A, the program name, broadcast time, performer, and program content are displayed as the program information, and the color gamut information acquired by the color gamut information acquisition unit 411 is displayed. Yes. In this example, as the color gamut information, the area in the chromaticity plane of the color gamut of the video of the content (program) is 80% as large as the area of the color gamut of BT.2020, and BT.709 It is displayed that it has a width of 120% with respect to the area of the color gamut.
 また、図29の(a)の画面例では、受信機情報として、受信機200の機種名およびディスプレイ特性が表示されている。この例では、ディスプレイ特性として、ディスプレイ28の色域の色度平面における面積が、BT.2020の色域の面積に対して70%の広さを有し、BT.709の色域の面積に対して110%の広さを有することが表示されている。ユーザは、このディスプレイ特性と、色域情報とを比較することにより、表示させるコンテンツの色域がディスプレイ28の色域の範囲内に収まっているか否かを判断することができる。なお、これらの受信機情報は、端末装置400と受信機200を通信させる等して受信機200から取得してもよいし、ユーザが事前に端末装置400に入力しておいてもよい。 In the screen example of FIG. 29A, the model name and display characteristics of the receiver 200 are displayed as the receiver information. In this example, as a display characteristic, the area in the chromaticity plane of the color gamut of the display 28 is 70% larger than the area of the color gamut of BT.2020, and the area of the color gamut of BT.709 On the other hand, it is displayed that it has a width of 110%. The user can determine whether or not the color gamut of the content to be displayed is within the color gamut range of the display 28 by comparing the display characteristics with the color gamut information. The receiver information may be acquired from the receiver 200 by causing the terminal device 400 and the receiver 200 to communicate with each other, or may be input to the terminal device 400 by the user in advance.
 さらに、図29の(a)の画面例では、色域調整を開始するためのキーCが表示されている。ユーザがこのキーCを選択すると、色域調整部413は、例えば同図の(b)に示すような色域調整画面を表示部42に表示させる。なお、このような色域調整画面は、色域情報として外縁座標を取得することによって表示させることができる。 Furthermore, in the screen example of FIG. 29A, a key C for starting the color gamut adjustment is displayed. When the user selects this key C, the color gamut adjustment unit 413 displays a color gamut adjustment screen as shown in FIG. Such a color gamut adjustment screen can be displayed by acquiring outer edge coordinates as color gamut information.
 同図の(b)の色域調整画面は、色度平面上にコンテンツの映像の色域と、ディスプレイ28の色域とを表示させた画面である。このような色域調整画面を表示させることにより、コンテンツの映像の色域の何れの部分を調整すべきかをユーザに認識させることができる。また、この色域調整画面では、コンテンツの映像の色域の外縁部を選択してドラッグすることにより、外縁部の形状を変形することができるようになっている。 The color gamut adjustment screen in (b) of the figure is a screen in which the color gamut of the content video and the color gamut of the display 28 are displayed on the chromaticity plane. By displaying such a color gamut adjustment screen, the user can recognize which part of the color gamut of the content video should be adjusted. In addition, on this color gamut adjustment screen, the shape of the outer edge can be changed by selecting and dragging the outer edge of the color gamut of the content video.
 図示の例では、コンテンツの映像の色域を示す三角形の頂点にあたる位置P1を選択している。そして、同図の(c)に示すように、この位置P1からディスプレイ28cの色域の範囲内の位置P2まで選択位置を移動させることにより、コンテンツの映像の色域の頂点が移動し、ディスプレイ28cの色域の範囲内に収まる状態となる。このようにして、コンテンツの映像の色域の外縁部が変形されると、色域調整部413は、コンテンツの映像の色域がこのように変形されるような色域の調整方法を決定して色域情報通知部412に送信する。これにより、当該調整方法が受信機200に通知され、上記コンテンツの映像はこの調整方法で調整された上で表示される。 In the illustrated example, the position P1 corresponding to the apex of the triangle indicating the color gamut of the content video is selected. Then, as shown in FIG. 5C, by moving the selection position from this position P1 to a position P2 within the color gamut range of the display 28c, the vertex of the color gamut of the content video is moved, and the display The state falls within the color gamut range of 28c. In this way, when the outer edge of the color gamut of the content video is deformed, the color gamut adjustment unit 413 determines a color gamut adjustment method in which the color gamut of the content video is deformed in this way. To the color gamut information notification unit 412. As a result, the receiver 200 is notified of the adjustment method, and the video of the content is displayed after being adjusted by the adjustment method.
 以上のように、本実施形態の映像信号伝送システム500によれば、ユーザは端末装置400にて、受信機200に表示されるコンテンツの色域を自分の好みに合うように調整することができる。そして、この映像信号伝送システム500では、送信機100は、色域情報の取得や送信等、色域の調整のための処理を行う必要がなく、このため、従来の放送局で使用されているような一般的な送信機をそのまま適用することも可能である。 As described above, according to the video signal transmission system 500 of the present embodiment, the user can adjust the color gamut of the content displayed on the receiver 200 with the terminal device 400 to suit his / her preference. . In this video signal transmission system 500, the transmitter 100 does not need to perform processing for color gamut adjustment such as acquisition and transmission of color gamut information, and is therefore used in conventional broadcasting stations. Such a general transmitter can be applied as it is.
 また、この映像信号伝送システム500では、受信機200に色域を調整するユーザ操作を受け付けるための構成を設ける必要がなく、端末装置400にアプリをインストールするだけで色域を調整するユーザ操作を受け付けることができる。よって、受信機200の製造コストを増加させることなく、ユーザによる色域の調整を簡易に実現することができる。 Further, in the video signal transmission system 500, it is not necessary to provide the receiver 200 with a configuration for accepting a user operation for adjusting the color gamut, and a user operation for adjusting the color gamut simply by installing an application on the terminal device 400 is possible. Can be accepted. Therefore, the user can easily adjust the color gamut without increasing the manufacturing cost of the receiver 200.
 〔実施形態12:変形例〕
 上記実施形態の送信機1cは、色域情報を受信機2cに送信する送信装置としての機能と、色域情報を取得するためのAITを生成する制御情報生成装置としての機能と、デジタル放送信号を送信する放送信号送信装置としての機能とを備えていた。しかしながら、互いに独立した送信装置と制御情報生成装置と放送信号送信装置との組み合わせによっても、上記送信機1cと同様の機能を実現することができる。例えば、色域情報を送信する送信装置と、上記AITを生成する制御情報生成装置と、放送信号を送信する放送信号送信装置とを含む映像信号伝送システムであっても、上記送信機1cと同様の機能を実現できる。また、例えば、色域情報を送信する送信装置と、上記AITを生成する機能と放送信号を送信する機能とを備えた装置との組み合わせによっても、上記送信機1cと同様の機能を実現できる。
[Embodiment 12: Modification]
The transmitter 1c of the above embodiment includes a function as a transmission device that transmits color gamut information to the receiver 2c, a function as a control information generation device that generates an AIT for acquiring color gamut information, and a digital broadcast signal. And a function as a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus for transmitting the. However, a function similar to that of the transmitter 1c can be realized by a combination of a transmission device, a control information generation device, and a broadcast signal transmission device that are independent from each other. For example, even in a video signal transmission system including a transmission device that transmits color gamut information, a control information generation device that generates the AIT, and a broadcast signal transmission device that transmits a broadcast signal, the same as the transmitter 1c. Can be realized. For example, the same function as that of the transmitter 1c can be realized by a combination of a transmission device that transmits color gamut information and a device that has the function of generating the AIT and the function of transmitting a broadcast signal.
 そして、上記各実施形態では、コンテンツを放送経路で送信する例を説明したが、コンテンツは通信経路で送信してもよい。また、放送経路で送信されるコンテンツと通信経路で送信されるコンテンツを組み合わせて再生してもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, the example in which the content is transmitted through the broadcast path has been described. However, the content may be transmitted through the communication path. Further, the content transmitted through the broadcast route and the content transmitted through the communication route may be combined and reproduced.
 〔実施形態13:ソフトウェアによる実現例〕
 送信機1c、受信機2c、受信機200、および端末装置400の制御ブロック(特に制御部15c、多重化部12c、暗号化部13c、送信部14c、復号部22c、逆多重化部23c、色域変換部26c、表示制御部27c、制御部30c、制御部41)は、集積回路(ICチップ)等に形成された論理回路(ハードウェア)によって実現してもよいし、CPU(Central Processing Unit)を用いてソフトウェアによって実現してもよい。
[Embodiment 13: Implementation example by software]
Control blocks of the transmitter 1c, the receiver 2c, the receiver 200, and the terminal device 400 (in particular, the control unit 15c, the multiplexing unit 12c, the encryption unit 13c, the transmission unit 14c, the decryption unit 22c, the demultiplexing unit 23c, the color The area conversion unit 26c, the display control unit 27c, the control unit 30c, and the control unit 41) may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be a CPU (Central Processing Unit). ) May be implemented by software.
 後者の場合、送信機1c、受信機2c、受信機200、および端末装置400は、各機能を実現するソフトウェアであるプログラムの命令を実行するCPU、上記プログラムおよび各種データがコンピュータ(またはCPU)で読み取り可能に記録されたROM(Read Only Memory)または記憶装置(これらを「記録媒体」と称する)、上記プログラムを展開するRAM(Random Access Memory)などを備えている。そして、コンピュータ(またはCPU)が上記プログラムを上記記録媒体から読み取って実行することにより、本発明の目的が達成される。上記記録媒体としては、「一時的でない有形の媒体」、例えば、テープ、ディスク、カード、半導体メモリ、プログラマブルな論理回路などを用いることができる。また、上記プログラムは、該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して上記コンピュータに供給されてもよい。なお、本発明は、上記プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 In the latter case, the transmitter 1c, the receiver 2c, the receiver 200, and the terminal device 400 are a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and the program and various data are computers (or CPUs). A ROM (Read Only Memory) or a storage device (referred to as “recording medium”) recorded in a readable manner, a RAM (Random Access Memory) for developing the program, and the like are provided. And the objective of this invention is achieved when a computer (or CPU) reads the said program from the said recording medium and runs it. As the recording medium, a “non-temporary tangible medium” such as a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used. The program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (such as a communication network or a broadcast wave) that can transmit the program. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
 〔まとめ〕
 本発明の態様32に係る送信装置(送信機1c、端末装置400)は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置(受信機2c)に情報を送信する送信装置であって、上記受信装置に送信されるコンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部(152c、411)と、上記色域情報を通信経路にて上記受信装置に送信する色域情報送信部(色域情報通知部153c、色域情報通知部412)と、を備えている。
[Summary]
A transmission device (transmitter 1c, terminal device 400) according to an aspect 32 of the present invention is a transmission device that transmits information to a reception device (receiver 2c) that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path. A color gamut information acquisition unit (152c, 411) that acquires color gamut information relating to the color gamut of the video of the content transmitted to the receiving device, and a color gamut that transmits the color gamut information to the receiving device via a communication path. An information transmission unit (color gamut information notification unit 153c, color gamut information notification unit 412).
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報を通信経路にて受信装置に送信する。ここで、上記受信装置は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービス(例えばハイブリッドキャスト)に対応しているから、通信経路で受信した色域情報を用いてコンテンツを再生することができる。よって、上記の構成によれば、該色域情報を受信した受信装置に、該色域情報に応じて該コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information is transmitted to the receiving device via the communication path. Here, since the receiving apparatus supports a service (for example, hybrid cast) using both a broadcast path and a communication path, the content can be reproduced using color gamut information received via the communication path. Therefore, according to the above configuration, it is possible to cause the receiving apparatus that has received the color gamut information to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information. .
 本発明の態様33に係る送信装置では、上記態様32において、上記色域情報送信部は、上記色域情報を適用すべきタイミングを示すタイミング指定情報を送信してもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 33 of the present invention, in the aspect 32, the color gamut information transmission unit may transmit timing designation information indicating a timing to apply the color gamut information.
 上記の構成によれば、タイミング指定情報を送信するので、このタイミング指定情報の示すタイミングで、色域情報に応じた色域の変換を適用させることができる。これにより、例えばフレーム単位で異なる色域変換を適用させることも可能になる。なお、上記タイミング指定情報としては、例えばシステムクロックのような、放送において同期制御に使用される時刻情報を適用することが好ましい。 According to the above configuration, since the timing designation information is transmitted, the color gamut conversion corresponding to the color gamut information can be applied at the timing indicated by the timing designation information. This makes it possible to apply different color gamut conversion in units of frames, for example. As the timing designation information, it is preferable to apply time information used for synchronization control in broadcasting, such as a system clock.
 本発明の態様34に係る送信装置では、上記態様32または33において、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの映像の色域をより狭い色域に変換する変換方法を示す色域変換情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 34 of the present invention, in the aspect 32 or 33, the color gamut information includes color gamut conversion information indicating a conversion method for converting the color gamut of the video of the content into a narrower color gamut. It may be.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には色域変換情報が含まれているので、これを受信した受信装置は、該色域変換情報の示す変換方法を用いて上記コンテンツの映像の色域をより狭い色域に変換することができる。つまり、上記の構成によれば、受信装置に色域の変換方法を決定する処理を行わせることなく、コンテンツの映像の色域をより狭い色域に変換させることができる。 According to the above configuration, since the color gamut information includes the color gamut conversion information, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information uses the conversion method indicated by the color gamut conversion information, and uses the conversion method indicated by the color gamut conversion information. Can be converted to a narrower color gamut. That is, according to the above configuration, it is possible to convert the color gamut of the content video to a narrower color gamut without causing the receiving apparatus to perform the process of determining the color gamut conversion method.
 本発明の態様35に係る送信装置では、上記態様32から34の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 35 of the present invention, in any one of the aspects 32 to 34, the color gamut information includes an outer edge indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. Coordinates may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれている。よって、上記色域情報を受信した受信装置は、受信したコンテンツの色域がどのような広がりをもっているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the outer edge coordinates indicating the outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on the chromaticity space or the chromaticity plane. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can identify how wide the color gamut of the received content is. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様36に係る送信装置では、上記態様32から35の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 36 of the present invention, in any one of the aspects 32 to 35, the color gamut information includes, in the color gamut information, an area that the color gamut of the content occupies on the chromaticity plane and a comparison target of the color gamut Area ratio information indicating a ratio of a predetermined color gamut to an area on the chromaticity plane may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれている。よって、上記色域情報を受信した受信装置は、受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域と比べてどの程度大きいかあるいはどの程度小さいかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, in the color gamut information, the area occupied by the content color gamut on the chromaticity plane and the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut occupy on the chromaticity plane. Area ratio information indicating the ratio with the area is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can specify how large or how small the color gamut of the received content is compared with the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 なお、比較対象の色域は、該色域を受信装置側で認識できるものであればよく、例えば既存の色域フォーマットで定められた色域(既存の映像規格で定められた色域)であってもよいし、既存の色域フォーマットの色域とは独立に設定された色域であってもよい。 Note that the color gamut to be compared is not limited as long as the color gamut can be recognized on the receiving device side. For example, the color gamut defined by the existing color gamut format (color gamut defined by the existing video standard) There may be a color gamut set independently of the color gamut of the existing color gamut format.
 本発明の態様37に係る送信装置では、上記態様32から36の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 37 of the present invention, in any of the aspects 32 to 36, the color gamut of the content includes a color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Information indicating the degree of going out may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれている。よって、上記色域情報を受信した受信装置は、受信したコンテンツの色域が、比較対象の色域からどの程度はみ出しているかを特定することができる。そして、これにより、該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes information indicating the degree to which the color gamut of the content is outside the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information can specify how far the color gamut of the received content protrudes from the color gamut to be compared. Thus, according to the display on which the content is displayed, it is possible to appropriately display the content with or without converting the color gamut of the content appropriately.
 本発明の態様38に係る送信装置では、上記態様32から37の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報(対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 38 of the present invention, in any of the above aspects 32 to 37, the color gamut information includes correspondence standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined ( Corresponding format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域を包含する色域が規定された映像規格を示す対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記色域情報を受信した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していれば、当該コンテンツの色域を変換することなく表示させることが可能であると判定することができる。一方、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠していない、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合には、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、または変換することなく、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes the corresponding standard information indicating the video standard in which the color gamut including the color gamut of the content is defined. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information determines that the display for displaying the content can be displayed without converting the color gamut of the content if the display conforms to the video standard. can do. On the other hand, if the display for displaying the content does not conform to the video standard or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, it is necessary to convert the color gamut of the content. It can be determined that there is. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the said color gamut of the said content can be displayed appropriately, without converting.
 本発明の態様39に係る送信装置では、上記態様32から38の何れかにおいて、上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報(非対応フォーマット情報)が含まれていてもよい。 In the transmission device according to aspect 39 of the present invention, in any of the aspects 32 to 38, the color gamut information indicates a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is defined. Non-compliant standard information (non-compliant format information) may be included.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域の少なくとも一部が包含されない色域が規定された映像規格を示す非対応規格情報が含まれている。よって、上記色域情報を受信した受信装置は、当該コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイが、上記映像規格に準拠している場合、あるいは該映像規格よりも色域の狭い映像規格に準拠している場合、当該コンテンツの色域を変換する必要があると判定することができる。したがって、上記の構成によれば、コンテンツを表示させるディスプレイに応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適切に変換して、該コンテンツを適切に表示させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the color gamut information includes non-compliant standard information indicating a video standard in which a color gamut that does not include at least a part of the color gamut of the content is included. Therefore, the receiving device that has received the color gamut information, when the display for displaying the content conforms to the video standard, or conforms to a video standard having a narrower color gamut than the video standard, It can be determined that the color gamut of the content needs to be converted. Therefore, according to said structure, according to the display which displays a content, the color gamut of the said content can be converted appropriately and this content can be displayed appropriately.
 本発明の態様40に係る制御情報生成装置(送信機1c)は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置(受信機2c)に送信されるコンテンツの再生に関する制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得するための制御情報(AIT)を生成する制御情報生成部(154c)と、上記受信装置に上記制御情報を送信する制御情報送信部(送信部14c)と、備えている。 The control information generating device (transmitter 1c) according to the aspect 40 of the present invention generates control information related to reproduction of content transmitted to a receiving device (receiver 2c) corresponding to a service using both a broadcast path and a communication path. A control information generation unit (154c) that generates control information (AIT) for acquiring color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content, and the control information is transmitted to the reception device. And a control information transmission unit (transmission unit 14c) for transmission.
 上記の構成によれば、色域情報を取得するための制御情報を生成して受信装置に送信するので、該受信装置に該制御情報を用いて色域情報を取得させることができる。よって、上記の構成によれば、受信装置に色域情報に応じて、コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, since the control information for acquiring the color gamut information is generated and transmitted to the receiving device, the receiving device can acquire the color gamut information using the control information. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after the receiving device adaptively converts the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
 本発明の態様41に係る制御情報生成装置は、上記態様40において、上記制御情報送信部は、上記制御情報を上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信する構成であってもよい。 The control information generation device according to aspect 41 of the present invention may be configured such that, in aspect 40, the control information transmission unit transmits the control information together with the content as a digital broadcast signal to the reception device.
 上記の構成によれば、上記制御情報を上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として送信する。よって、このデジタル放送信号を受信した受信装置に、上記制御情報に従って取得した色域情報に応じて、上記コンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、当該コンテンツを再生させることができる。 According to the above configuration, the control information is transmitted as a digital broadcast signal together with the content. Therefore, it is possible to cause the receiving device that has received this digital broadcast signal to reproduce the content after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information acquired according to the control information.
 本発明の態様42に係る受信装置(受信機2c)は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置であって、再生対象のコンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得するための制御情報を取得する制御情報取得部(303c)と、上記制御情報に従って通信経路にて取得された上記色域情報に応じて、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を変換する色域変換部(26c)と、を備えている。 The receiving apparatus (receiver 2c) according to the aspect 42 of the present invention is a receiving apparatus that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path, and acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video to be played back. A control information acquisition unit (303c) that acquires control information for performing the processing, and a color gamut conversion unit that converts the color gamut of the video of the content in accordance with the color gamut information acquired through the communication path according to the control information. (26c).
 上記の構成によれば、コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得するための制御情報を取得して、この制御情報に従って通信経路にて取得された上記色域情報に応じて上記コンテンツの映像の色域を変換する。よって、上記の構成によれば、色域情報に応じてコンテンツの色域を適応的に変換させた上で、該コンテンツを再生することができる。 According to the above configuration, the control information for acquiring the color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content is acquired, and the content of the content is determined according to the color gamut information acquired through the communication path according to the control information. Convert the color gamut of the video. Therefore, according to the above configuration, the content can be reproduced after adaptively converting the color gamut of the content according to the color gamut information.
 本発明の態様43に係るテレビジョン受像機は、上記態様42に記載の受信装置を含んでいる。よって、態様42の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 A television receiver according to aspect 43 of the present invention includes the receiving device according to aspect 42 described above. Therefore, the same function and effect as that of the receiving apparatus according to aspect 42 are obtained.
 本発明の態様44に係る映像信号伝送システム5は、放送経路と通信経路とを併用したサービスに対応した受信装置(受信機2c)にコンテンツを送信する送信装置(送信機1c)と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得するための制御情報を上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信し、上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から取得した上記制御情報に従って上記色域情報を通信経路にて取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する。よって、態様1の送信装置および態様42の受信装置と同様の作用効果を奏する。 The video signal transmission system 5 according to the aspect 44 of the present invention includes a transmitter (transmitter 1c) that transmits content to a receiver (receiver 2c) that supports a service that uses both a broadcast path and a communication path, and the content. A video signal transmission system including a receiving device that receives the control information for obtaining color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content as a digital broadcast signal together with the content to the receiving device. Then, the receiving device acquires the color gamut information through a communication path according to the control information acquired from the digital broadcast signal, and converts the color gamut of the video of the content according to the color gamut information. Therefore, the same operational effects as the transmission device of aspect 1 and the reception device of aspect 42 are obtained.
 本発明の各態様に係る送信装置、制御情報生成装置、および受信装置は、コンピュータによって実現してもよく、この場合には、コンピュータを上記送信装置、制御情報生成装置、または受信装置が備える各部として動作させることにより上記送信装置、制御情報生成装置、または受信装置をコンピュータにて実現させる制御プログラム、およびそれを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体も、本発明の範疇に入る。 The transmission device, the control information generation device, and the reception device according to each aspect of the present invention may be realized by a computer. In this case, each unit included in the transmission device, the control information generation device, or the reception device. A control program that causes the above-described transmission device, control information generation device, or reception device to be realized by a computer by operating as a computer, and a computer-readable recording medium that records the control program also fall within the scope of the present invention.
 本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。さらに、各実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を組み合わせることにより、新しい技術的特徴を形成することができる。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope shown in the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments. Is also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Furthermore, a new technical feature can be formed by combining the technical means disclosed in each embodiment.
 本発明は、コンテンツの送信機および受信機に利用することができる。 The present invention can be used for content transmitters and receivers.
 1 送信機(制御情報生成装置、送信装置)
14 送信部
17 色域情報取得部
18 制御情報生成部
 2 受信機(受信装置、テレビジョン受像機)
32 制御情報取得部
26 色域変換部
 5 映像信号伝送システム
1 Transmitter (control information generator, transmitter)
14 Transmitting unit 17 Color gamut information acquiring unit 18 Control information generating unit 2 Receiver (receiving device, television receiver)
32 Control information acquisition unit 26 Color gamut conversion unit 5 Video signal transmission system

Claims (8)

  1.  MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを再生するための制御情報を生成する制御情報生成装置であって、
     上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を取得する色域情報取得部と、
     上記色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを生成する制御情報生成部と、を備えていることを特徴とする制御情報生成装置。
    A control information generation device that generates control information for reproducing content transmitted by MMT,
    A color gamut information acquisition unit that acquires color gamut information related to the color gamut of the video of the content;
    And a control information generating unit that generates an MMT package table including the color gamut information.
  2.  上記色域情報には、色度空間または色度平面上で表された上記コンテンツの色域の外縁を示す外縁座標が含まれている、ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の制御情報生成装置。 2. The control information generation according to claim 1, wherein the color gamut information includes outer edge coordinates indicating an outer edge of the color gamut of the content represented on a chromaticity space or a chromaticity plane. apparatus.
  3.  上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が色度平面上に占める面積と、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域が上記色度平面上に占める面積との比を示す面積比情報が含まれている、ことを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載の制御情報生成装置。 The color gamut information indicates a ratio between the area occupied by the content color gamut on the chromaticity plane and the area occupied by the color gamut predetermined as a comparison target with the color gamut on the chromaticity plane. The control information generating apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the area ratio information is included.
  4.  上記色域情報には、上記コンテンツの色域が、該色域との比較対象として予め定められた色域の外に出ている程度を示す情報が含まれている、ことを特徴とする請求項1から3の何れか1項に記載の制御情報生成装置。 The color gamut information includes information indicating a degree to which a color gamut of the content is out of a predetermined color gamut as a comparison target with the color gamut. Item 4. The control information generation device according to any one of Items 1 to 3.
  5.  MMTにて送信されるコンテンツを受信する受信装置であって、
     上記コンテンツの映像の色域に関する色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを取得する制御情報取得部と、
     上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換する色域変換部と、を備えていることを特徴とする受信装置。
    A receiving device for receiving content transmitted by MMT,
    A control information acquisition unit that acquires an MMT package table including color gamut information relating to the color gamut of the video of the content;
    A receiving apparatus comprising: a color gamut conversion unit that converts a color gamut of a video of the content according to the color gamut information.
  6.  MMTにてコンテンツを送信する送信装置と該コンテンツを受信する受信装置とを含む映像信号伝送システムであって、
     上記送信装置は、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を示す色域情報を含むMMTパッケージテーブルを上記コンテンツと共にデジタル放送信号として上記受信装置に送信し、
     上記受信装置は、上記デジタル放送信号から上記MMTパッケージテーブルを取得し、上記コンテンツの映像の色域を上記色域情報に応じて変換することを特徴とする映像信号伝送システム。
    A video signal transmission system including a transmitting device that transmits content in MMT and a receiving device that receives the content,
    The transmission device transmits an MMT package table including color gamut information indicating a color gamut of the video of the content to the reception device as a digital broadcast signal together with the content,
    The video signal transmission system, wherein the receiving device acquires the MMT package table from the digital broadcast signal and converts the color gamut of the content video according to the color gamut information.
  7.  請求項1から4のいずれか1項に記載の制御情報生成装置としてコンピュータを機能させるための制御プログラムであって、コンピュータを上記各部として機能させるための制御プログラム。 A control program for causing a computer to function as the control information generating device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the control program causes the computer to function as each of the units.
  8.  請求項5に記載の受信装置としてコンピュータを機能させるための制御プログラムであって、コンピュータを上記各部として機能させるための制御プログラム。 A control program for causing a computer to function as the receiving device according to claim 5, wherein the control program causes the computer to function as each of the above-described units.
PCT/JP2015/074221 2014-08-29 2015-08-27 Control information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmitting system and control program WO2016031911A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016545609A JPWO2016031911A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2015-08-27 Control information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmission system, and control program

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014176330 2014-08-29
JP2014176329 2014-08-29
JP2014-176329 2014-08-29
JP2014-176331 2014-08-29
JP2014-176330 2014-08-29
JP2014-176328 2014-08-29
JP2014176328 2014-08-29
JP2014176331 2014-08-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016031911A1 true WO2016031911A1 (en) 2016-03-03

Family

ID=55399795

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/074221 WO2016031911A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2015-08-27 Control information generating device, receiving device, video signal transmitting system and control program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JPWO2016031911A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016031911A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018004291A1 (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Broadcast signal transmission method, broadcast signal reception method, broadcast signal transmission apparatus, and broadcast signal reception apparatus
JP2020025333A (en) * 2015-09-25 2020-02-13 マクセル株式会社 Display device
JP2020532236A (en) * 2017-09-21 2020-11-05 深▲せん▼市華星光電半導体顕示技術有限公司Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co.,Ltd. Color gamut mapping method and color gamut mapping device
US11102541B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2021-08-24 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast receiving apparatus
JP2022176872A (en) * 2021-05-17 2022-11-30 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Display device and method of operating the same
US11895353B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2024-02-06 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast receiving apparatus

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002218262A (en) * 2000-11-17 2002-08-02 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Stored image delivery method, recording medium and stored image delivery device
JP2010041636A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Sony Corp Information processing device, method and program
JP2010534964A (en) * 2007-07-27 2010-11-11 トムソン ライセンシング How to describe the actual color gamut of a color device or color content
JP2014155019A (en) * 2013-02-07 2014-08-25 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Receiver and program

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080062336A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2008-03-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Smart Zapper
JP2010011191A (en) * 2008-06-27 2010-01-14 Sony Corp Recording device and recording control method, reproduction device and reproduction control method, output device and output control method, and program
JP5446474B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2014-03-19 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus and method, and program
KR101538912B1 (en) * 2010-06-08 2015-07-23 돌비 레버러토리즈 라이쎈싱 코오포레이션 Tone and gamut mapping methods and apparatus

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002218262A (en) * 2000-11-17 2002-08-02 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Stored image delivery method, recording medium and stored image delivery device
JP2010534964A (en) * 2007-07-27 2010-11-11 トムソン ライセンシング How to describe the actual color gamut of a color device or color content
JP2010041636A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Sony Corp Information processing device, method and program
JP2014155019A (en) * 2013-02-07 2014-08-25 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Receiver and program

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020025333A (en) * 2015-09-25 2020-02-13 マクセル株式会社 Display device
JP2021121126A (en) * 2015-09-25 2021-08-19 マクセル株式会社 Video display device and video output device
US11102541B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2021-08-24 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast receiving apparatus
US11445239B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2022-09-13 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast receiving apparatus
JP7196227B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2022-12-26 マクセル株式会社 Video display device and video output device
US11895353B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2024-02-06 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast receiving apparatus
WO2018004291A1 (en) * 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Broadcast signal transmission method, broadcast signal reception method, broadcast signal transmission apparatus, and broadcast signal reception apparatus
US10841627B2 (en) 2016-07-01 2020-11-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Broadcast signal transmission method, broadcast signal reception method, broadcast signal transmission apparatus, and broadcast signal reception apparatus
JP2020532236A (en) * 2017-09-21 2020-11-05 深▲せん▼市華星光電半導体顕示技術有限公司Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co.,Ltd. Color gamut mapping method and color gamut mapping device
JP2022176872A (en) * 2021-05-17 2022-11-30 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Display device and method of operating the same
US11735089B2 (en) 2021-05-17 2023-08-22 Lg Electronics Inc. Display device and method of operating the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6272523B2 (en) 2018-01-31
JP2017123684A (en) 2017-07-13
JPWO2016031911A1 (en) 2017-06-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6272523B2 (en) Receiving device, receiving method, control program, and control program recording medium
US20210352358A1 (en) Broadcast receiving apparatus
JP6666410B2 (en) Display control method and receiving device
US20220312076A1 (en) Broadcast receiving apparatus
JP2022075920A (en) Display control method
JP7000541B2 (en) Receiver
JP6397923B2 (en) Control information generating device, transmitting device, receiving device, television receiver, video signal transmission system, control program, and recording medium
JP6905631B2 (en) How to protect your content
JP2021170852A (en) Method of outputting contents
JP2021002880A (en) Method of protecting content
JP6645869B2 (en) Broadcast system
JP7062119B2 (en) Content output method
JP7061722B2 (en) How to protect your content
JP6985484B2 (en) Display device
JP7071485B2 (en) Receiver
JP6913801B2 (en) How to protect your content
JP6909344B2 (en) How to protect your content
JP7000542B2 (en) Receiver
JP6807193B2 (en) How to protect your content
JP2022089936A (en) Receiving device
JP2022036129A (en) Reception device
JP2024003043A (en) Method for protecting content
JP2022036130A (en) Reception device
JP2021166408A (en) Receiving device
JP2020025333A (en) Display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15835451

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016545609

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15835451

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1